Draft EIA Report Silica Sand Beneficiation

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
OF PROPOSED SILICA SAND BENEFICIATION PLANT

(As per EIA Notification, 2006 dated 14.09.2006 and its amendments) –Schedule 2(b)
Category: B1
PROPONENT AREA DETAILS

M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. (PCPL) Extent – 19,355.77 m2
202, The Great Eastern Chambers, Plot No – 91A, 91B, 92A, 92B,
Plot No.28, Sector 11, CBD Belapur, 95AB, 94
Village – Khadoli
Navi Mumbai 400614,
Taluk – Jhagadia
Maharashtra.
District – Bharuch
Mob: 022-27562962/63, 9320058635
State – Gujarat
EIA CONSULTANT
AADHI BOOMI MINING & ENVIRO TECH (P) LTD

(QCI/NABET Accredited EIA Organization)
3/216, K.S.V.Nagar, Narasothipatti, Alagapuram (PO),
Salem – 636004.
Website: www.abmenvirotec.com
Email: abmenvirotech@gmail.com suriyakumarsemban@gmail.com
Mob: 98427 29655.
GREEN FIELD
PROJECT
CATERGORY
– B1
2022
M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. (PCPL)
202, The Great Eastern Chambers,
Plot No.28, Sector 11, CBD Belapur,
Navi Mumbai – 400 614,
Maharashtra
To Date:
The District Environmental Engineer,
Shed No. C - 1/119/3,
GIDC Estate, Phase II,
Narmadanagar, Bharuch - 392 015
Sub: Submission of Draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report as

per EIA Notification, 2006 dated 14.09.2006 and amendments for the
Proposed Silica Sand Beneficiation, production capacity - 4,00,000 MT/A of
Silica Sand and 70588 MT/A of Clay Bricks, over an extent of 1.93.55 Ha
(19,355.77 Sq.m) at Plot No. 91A, 91B, 92A, 92B, 95AB, 94, Khadoli Village,
Jhagadia Taluk, Bharuch District, Gujarat. - Reg.
Ref:
1) ToR Proposal No: SIA/GJ/IND2/52945/2020
2) SEAC/SEIAA, Gujarat Meeting held on 15.02.2021.
3) Terms of Reference vide letter No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/2(b)/690/2021 dated
28.05.2021
Dear Sir,
With reference to the above mentioned subject, we herewith submit the hard copy of
the Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report as per the Terms of Reference vide
SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/2(b)/690/2021 dated 28.05.2021 along with Demand Draft of Rs
______________ for your kind perusal. Hence, we kindly request you to process our
application for Public Hearing as per EIA Notification, 2006 for obtaining Environment
Clearance from SEAC, Gujarat as early as possible.
Thanking You,
Yours faithfully,

(Project Proponent)
Enclosure: 1. Draft EIA Report along with the soft copy
Draft EIA Report for Proposed Silica Sand Beneficiation Plant at Khadoli, Jhagadia, Bharuch,
Gujarat by M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd.
INDEX
INDEX
S.NO PARTICULARS REFERENCE
1 Proponent Undertaking i
2 Consultant Undertaking ii
3 Disclosure of Experts iii
4 Table of Contents iv
5 List of Tables xii
6 List of Figures xvi
7 List of Annexure xviii
8 Abbreviations xix
9 ToR Compliance xxi
10 Executive Summary ES 1 to ES 38
Consultant: Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech (P) Ltd.,

202, The Great Eastern Chambers,
Plot No.28, Sector 11, CBD Belapur,
Navi Mumbai – 400 614,
Maharashtra
Undertaking
We, M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. (PCPL), as Project Proponent; hereby give this
undertaking to the effect that the conditions laid down in Terms of Reference vide
SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/2(b)/690/2021 dated 28/05/2021 for our Proposed Silica Sand
Beneficiation Plant, production capacity - 4,00,000 MT/A of Silica Sand and 70,588 MT/A
of Clay Bricks, over an extent of 1.93.55 Ha (19,355.77 Sq.m) at Plot No. 91A, 91B, 92A,
92B, 95AB, 94, Khadoli Village, Jhagadia Taluk, Bharuch District, Gujarat., have been
compiled with, and the data submitted and the information presented in this report are
true to the best of my knowledge.
Signature and seal of the Project Proponent
Place : Gujarat
Date :
Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report
M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. (PCPL),
Bharuch District, Gujarat
DECLARATION OF EXPERTS - NABET ANNEXURE – VII
S.No Name of the Expert Category Functional Areas Signature
A EIA Co-ordinator
Solid and Hazardous Waste SHW*-
A HW* only
1. Mr.S.Suriyakumar Risk Assessment and Hazard

A Management (RH)
A Land Use (LU)
A Soil Conservation (SC)
Dr. Sudharshan A Land Use (LU)

2.
Ramakrishnan
A Socio Economics (SE)
Air Pollution, Monitoring,

B Prevention and Control (AP)
3. Dr. Nithia Priya P.M
Water Pollution Monitoring,
B Prevention and Control (WP)
Meteorology, Air Quality

Mr. M. Venkatesh B Modelling & Prediction (AQ)
4.
Prabhu
B Noise and Vibration (NV)
5. Mr. N. Suresh B Geology (GEO)
B Hydrogeology (HG)
Geology (GEO)
6. Mr. K. Manuraj
B Hydrogeology (HG)
Team Member Involved in Report Preparation
Team Land Use (LU) under EIA Co-

7. Mrs. S. Santhi Member ordinator/FAE - Mr.S.Suriyakumar
Socio Economics (SE) under FAE -
Dr. Sudharshan Ramakrishnan
Consultant: Aadhi Boomi Mining &Enviro Tech (P) Ltd, Salem, Tamil Nadu
Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report
M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. (PCPL),
Bharuch District, Gujarat

Prevention and Control (WP)
Team under FAE - Dr. Nithia Priya P.M
8. Mrs. S. Sri Vidhya Member Meteorology, Air Quality
Modelling & Prediction (AQ)
under FAE - Mr. M. Venkatesh
Prabhu
Consultant: Aadhi Boomi Mining &Enviro Tech (P) Ltd, Salem, Tamil Nadu
Draft EIA Report for Proposed Silica Sand Beneficiation Plant at Khadoli, Jhagadia,
Bharuch, Gujarat by M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER PAGE
TITLE
NO NO
1 INTRODUCTION 01-05
1.1 Purpose of the Report 01
1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent 01

1.2.1 Project Proponent 01
1.2.2 Identification of Project 02

1.3 Brief description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project 02
1.3.1 Nature of the Project 02
1.3.2 Size of the Project 03
1.3.3 Location of the Project 03
1.4 Scope of the study – Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried
03
Out
1.4.1 Applicable Environmental Regulations 04
1.4.2 Terms of References (TOR) and their Compliances 04
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 06-29
2.1 Type of Project 06
2.2 Need for the Project 06

2.3 Location of the Project 07
2.4 Size or Magnitude of Operation 17
2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation 18

2.6 Technology & Process Description 18
2.7 Resource Requirements 24
2.7.1 Water Requirement 24
2.7.1.1 Action Plan for ZLD 25
2.7.2 Power Requirement 25
2.7.3 Man Power Requirement 25
Consultant (ACO): Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech (P) Ltd, Salem, Tamil Nadu
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2.7.4 Cost of the Project 26

2.8 Project description, including drawings showing project
layout, components of project etc. Schematic representations
26
of the feasibility drawings which give information important
for EIA purpose
2.9 Description of mitigation measures incorporated into
29
the project to meet environmental standards
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 30-146
3.1 Introduction 30
3.2 Study Area 30
3.3 Study Period 30
3.4 Land Use Land Cover assessment of the Study Area 30
3.4.1 Satellite Data Acquisition & Processing 30
3.4.2 Methodology 32
3.4.3 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data 33

3.4.4 Land Use-Land Cover Scenario of 10 km Study Area 35
3.5 Geology 38
3.6 Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation 38
3.6.1 Ground Water Scenario 38
3.6.1.1 Occurrence of Groundwater 38
3.6.1.2 Depth to Water level 40
3.6.1.3 Status of Ground Water Development (Taluk wise) 43
3.6.1.4 Ground Water Management Strategy 44
3.6.2 Drainage Pattern 44
3.7 Elevation Profile of Project Site & Study Area 45
3.8 Soil Quality 49
3.8.1 Soil Monitoring Locations 49
3.8.2 Soil Analysis Results 51
3.8.3 Soil Analysis Results Findings 53
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.8.3.1 Interpretation & Conclusion 53

3.9 Water Quality 55
3.9.1 Ground Water Quality Assessment 55
3.9.2 Ground Water Sampling Locations 55
3.9.3 Ground Water Analysis Results 55
3.9.4 Ground Water Analysis Results Findings 62
3.10 Surface Water Quality Assessment 63
3.10.1 Surface Water Sampling Locations 63
3.10.2 Surface Water Analysis Results 66
3.10.3 Surface water Analysis Results & Findings 71
3.10.4 Interpretation & Conclusion 72
3.11 Air Quality 72
3.11.1 Meteorology 72
3.11.1.1 Site Specific Micro Meteorology 72
3.11.2 Ambient Air Quality 77
3.11.3 Ambient Air Quality (Monitoring Results & Status) 80
3.12 Noise Environment 85
3.12.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations 85
3.12.2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Results 87
3.13 Biotic Environment 89
3.13.1 Introduction 87
3.13.2 Objectives 87
3.13.3 Study Area 87
3.13.4 Settings of Project Site 91
3.13.4.1 Project Site Flora 91
3.13.4.2 Project Site Fauna 95
3.13.4.3 Settings of Study Area 95
3.13.4.4 Study Area Flora 95
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.13.5 Study Area Fauna 103

3.13.5.1 Study Area Fauna Findings & Interpretation 107
3.13.6 Ecological status of study area viz. habitat type &
quality, species, diversity, rarity, fragmentation, 108
ecological linkage
3.13.7 Species Diversity 109
3.14 Socio-Economics 110
3.14.1 Reconnaissance 111
3.14.2 Objectives of Socio-Economic Assessment 113
3.14.3 Baseline Status 114
3.14.4 Demographic Structure 114
3.14.5 Infrastructure Resource 121
3.14.6 Socio-Economic Survey - Sampling Methodology 133
3.14.7 Employment Pattern 137
3.14.8 Health Status 138
3.14.9 Quality of Life Assessment 138
3.14.10 Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan (R & R Plan) 140
3.15 Traffic Analysis 141
3.15.1 Data Collection 142
3.15.2 Categorization of Traffic 144
3.15.3 Observation & Assessment 144
3.15.4 Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Services 145
3.15.5 Interpretation 146
147-
4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
194
4.1 Details of Anticipated Sources & Environmental Impacts 147
4.1.1 Sources & Impact Identification – Air Environment 147
4.1.1.1 Sources & Impacts during Construction Phase 148
4.1.1.2 Sources & Impacts during Operational Phase 148
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.1.1.2.1 Quantitative Impacts Prediction for

149
operational phase
4.1.1.2.2 Interpretation of data 156
4.1.2 Impact Identification – Impact due to transportation of
157
raw material
4.1.3 Impact Identification – Water Environment 157
4.1.3.1 Impacts during Constructional Phase 157
4.1.3.2 Impacts during Operational Phase 158
4.1.4 Impact Identification –Noise Environment 159
4.1.4.1 Impacts During Constructional Phase 159
4.1.4.1.1 Impact Prediction 160
4.1.4.1.2 Model Options Used for Computation 160
4.1.4.1.3 Modeling Procedure 161
4.1.4.1.4 Model Input Data 161
4.1.4.1.5 Model Output 161
4.1.4.1.6 Interpretation 162
4.1.4.2 Impacts during Operational phase 162
4.1.4.2.1 Impact Prediction 162
4.1.4.2.2 Model Options Used for Computation 163
4.1.4.2.3 Modeling Procedure 163
4.1.4.2.4 Model Input Data 163
4.1.4.2.5 Model Output 164
4.1.4.2.6 Interpretation 164
4.1.5 Impact Identification – Soil Environment due to
165
generation of Hazardous and Non Hazardous Waste
4.1.6.1 Impacts during constructional phase 165
4.1.6.2 Impacts during operational phase 165
4.1.6 Impact Identification – Biotic Environment 166
4.1.6.1 Impacts during Construction Phase 166
viii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.1.6.2 Impacts during Operational Phase 166

4.1.7 Impact Identification – Odor Management 167
4.2 Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts
167
identified
4.2.1 Mitigation Measures for Air Environment 167
4.2.1.1 Construction phase 167
4.2.1.2 Operational phase 167
4.2.2 Measures to Reduce Impact due to Transport of Raw
168
Material
4.2.3 Measures to Protect Water Environment 168
4.2.3.1 Construction Phase 168
4.2.3.2 Operational Phase 168
4.2.4 Measures to Reduce Noise Levels 168
4.2.4.2 Operational phase 169
4.2.5 Measures to Protect Soil Environment 169
4.2.6 Measures to Protect Biotic Environment 170
4.2.6.1 Construction phase 170
4.2.7 Measures to Control Odour 183
4.3Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of
183
environmental components
4.4Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for
183
determining significance, assigning significance)
4.5Summary of Anticipated Impacts and its Mitigation
186
Measures
195-
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
197
5.1 Introduction 195
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.2 Salient Features of Project Site and Technology 195

5.2.1 Analysis of alternative site 195
5.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology 195
5.3.1 Standard Technology 195
5.3.2 Basis of Selection of Technology 197
198-
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
203
6.2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring 198
6.3 Monitoring Methodologies 203
6.4 Documentation and Reporting 203
6.5 Budget & Procurement Schedule 203
204-
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
226
7.1 Risk Assessment 204
7.1.1 Approach to The Study 204
7.1.2 Methodology 204
7.1.3 Hazard Identification 205
7.1.4 Identification of Hazardous Areas 205
7.1.5 Identification of Failure Cases for Hazardous Areas 205
7.1.6 Major Hazardous Areas and Safety Precautions 205
7.2 Safety Precautions 209
7.2.1 Control measures provided for Warehouse 209
7.3 Hazard Identification 209
7.3.1 Fire Hazard 209
7.4 Details on various SOP’s to be Prepared 211
7.5 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) 212
7.5.1 Objectives of DMP 212
7.5.2 On-site Emergency Plan 213
x
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7.5.3 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan 222

8 PROJECT BENEFITS 227
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 229
230-
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
248
10.2 Objectives of the EMP 231
10.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 232
10.4 Greenbelt Development Plan 241
10.4.1 Design & Development of Green Belt 241
10.5 Rainwater Harvesting System 245
10.6 Budgetary Allocation for Environment Protection 246
10.7 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) 248
249-
11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
250
11.1 Overall Justification for Implementation of Project 249
11.2 Explanation of How, Adverse Effects Have Been Mitigated 249
11.3 Conclusion 250
251-
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT
253
12.1 Scope 251
12.2 Infrastructure 251
12.3 Disclosure of Consultant For EIA Study 252
12.4 Declaration of Experts Involved In The EIA Report Preparation 252
xi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE PAGE
TITLE
NO NO
2.1 Geographical Location of the Project 07
Details of Environmental Sensitivity within 15 km Radial Distance
2.2 15
from Project Site
2.3 Site Specific Distances 16
2.4 Area Statement 17
2.5 Proposed Product Details 18
2.6 Material and Process Water Balance 22
2.7 Domestic Water Requirement Calculations 24
2.8 Water Requirement Calculations 24
2.9 Project Cost Break-up 26
2.10 List of Plant & Machineries 28
3.1 Satellite Data Specification Used For Presents Study 32
3.2 Area & Percentage wise LULC details of 10 km Study Area 36
Taluk wise Ground water Availability, Utilization and Stage of
3.3 43
Development (2011)
3.4 Taluk Wise Ground water Structure in Use 43
3.5 Details of Drainage Features of Study Area 45
3.6 Details of Soil Sampled Locations 49
3.7 Soil Analysis Results 51
3.8 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality 53
3.9 Levels of Soil Fertility 55
3.10 Details of Ground Water Sampling Locations 55
3.11 Ground Water Analysis Results 57
IS10500 2012: Drinking Water Standards by Bureau of Indian
3.12 62
Standards
3.13 Details of Surface Water Sampling Location 65
xii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.14 Surface Water Analysis Results 67

Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data (December 2020 to
3.15 73
February 2021) Surface Water Analysis Results
3.16 Micro Meteorology Data (January 2020 to December 2020) 75
3.17 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 79
3.18 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results 81
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (Additional Parameters at
3.19 83
Project Site)
3.20 Details of Ambient Noise Locations 87
3.21 Ambient Noise Results 88
Coordinates & Details of Biotic Studies/Survey Locations in 10 km
3.22 89
Radial Study Area
3.23 Project Site Area Flora Inventory 92
3.24 Project Plot Flora Composition & IUCN Status Summary 94
3.25 Study Area Flora Inventory 96
3.26 Study Area Flora Composition & IUCN Status Summary 103
3.27 Study Area Avifauna Inventory 104
3.28 Study Area Reptile Inventory 106
3.29 Study Area Mammal Inventory 107
3.30 Study Area Fauna - IUCN Status & WPA 1972 Schedule Summary 108
3.31 Habitat Types in Study Area 109
3.32 List of Villages in the Study Area 111
3.33 Demographic Structure of Village in the Study Area 115
3.34 Summary of Demographic Structure in Study Area 120
3.35 Infrastructure Resource Base of the Study Area 122
3.36 Summary of Economic Attributes in Study Area 137
3.37 Village-wise Quality of Life Index in the Study Area 140
3.38 Traffic Study Observation Location 144
Recommended PCU factors for Various Types of Vehicles on
3.39 144
Urban Roads
xiii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.40 Summary of Traffic Count in terms of PCU’s during Peak Hours 145
3.41 Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Service 145
4.1 Atmospheric Inversion Level at Bharuch, Gujarat 150
Model Input Parameters for Air Modeling (Sand Storage, transfer
4.2 151
& Handling)
4.3 Model Input Parameters for Air Modeling (Vehicular Movement) 151
4.4 Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental GLCs 156
4.5 Resultant Baseline Values 156
4.6 Water Requirement Calculations 158
4.7 Noise Level Generation from Construction Equipments 159
4.7.1 Noise Model Input Data 161
Distance wise Drop down of Noise Level during Construction
4.8 162
Phase
4.9 Anticipated Noise Levels Generation Operation Phase 162
4.10 Noise Model Input Data 163
4.11 Distance wise Drop down of Noise Level during Operation Phase 165
4.12 Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Details & Management 165
4.13 Details of Hazardous Waste Generation and Management 166
Project Activity/Component wise Anticipated Impacts &
4.14 Mitigation Measures during Project Construction Phase on Biotic 171
Environment
Project Activity/Component wise Anticipated Impacts &
4.15 Mitigation Measures during Project Operation Phase on Biotic 178
Environment
4.16 Environmental Index Matrix 184
4.17 Summary of EIM 186
4.18 Summary of Anticipated Impacts and its Mitigation Measure 186
6.1 Post Project Monitoring 200
7.1 Other Hazard Control 206
7.2 Properties of Product 208
xiv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7.3 Emergency DO’S & DON’TS 218

7.4 Alarm Code 220
10.1 Summary of Anticipated Impacts and its Mitigation Measures 232
10.2 Details of proposed Greenbelt 243
10.3 Estimated Budgetary Expenditure for Plantation 244
10.4 Capital & Recurring Cost for Green Belt 244
10.5 List of Plants Suggested For Green Belt 245
10.8 EMP Budget 247
11.1 Summary on Impacts and Mitigation Measures 249
12.1 Declaration of Experts 253
xv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE TITLE PAGE

NO NO
2.1 Location and Accessibility Map of the Project Site 08
Corner Coordinates of Site Superimposed on Google
2.2 09
Earth/Satellite Image
2.3 Google Image of the 10 km around Project Site 10
2.4 Toposheet Map around the Project Site and 10 km Study Area 11
Google Earth/Satellite Image showing Road way between
2.5 proposed project site and GMDC, Rajpardi unit for transport of 12
Raw Material
2.6 Photograph of Project Site 13
2.7 Proposed Site Layout 14
2.8 Proposed Site Layout 19
2.9 Process Flow Chart 21
2.10 Hourly Material and Water Balance 23
2.11 Components of Project 27
3.1 Google Earth Image Depicting 10 km radial Study Area 31
3.2 Landsat Image of Project site around 10km radial Study Area 34
3.3 Land Use – Land Cover Map of 10 km Radial Study Area 37
3.4 Hydrogeological Map of Bharuch District 39
3.5 Pre-monsoon Depth to Water Level of Bharuch District, 2012 40
3.6 Post monsoon Depth to Water Level of Bharuch District, 2012 41
Scenario Pre-Post Monsoon Ground Water Level Fluctuation of
3.7 42
Bharuch District
3.8 Drainage Pattern of Study Area 46
3.9 Contour Map of Study Area 47
3.10 Digital Elevation Model Map of the Study Area 48
3.11 Soil Sampling Locations 50
3.12 Ground Water Sampling Locations 56
xvi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3.13 Surface water Sampling Locations 64

3.14 Project Plot Specific Wind Rose for Baseline Monitoring Period 74
3.15 Wind Rose for Period January 2020 to December 2020 76
3.16 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Map 78
3.17 Noise Monitoring Locations 86
Google Earth Image depicting Biotic Environment Study Area
3.18 90
Locations
3.19 Village Map of the Study Area 110
3.20 Traffic Study Locations 143
4.1 Incremental Concentration of PM10 152
4.2 Incremental Concentration of SO2 153
4.3 Incremental Concentration of NOx 154
4.4 Incremental Concentration of CO 155
4.5 Noise Propagation Model for Construction Phase 161
4.6 Noise Propagation Model for Operational Phase 164
7.1 Offsite Emergency Plan Process 224
10.1 Green Belt Development Plan 242
xvii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE TITLE PAGE

NO NO
I Terms of reference 255
II Project Plot Documents 263
III Undertaking to Maintain Minimum Distance of 500 m from 283

Nearest Habitation
xviii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

AQI Air Quality Index
AAQ Ambient Air Quality
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CAPEXIL Chemical and Allied Export Promotion Council of India
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
DB Decibel
DGM Department of Geology& Mining
DGPS Differential Global Positioning System
EC Environment Clearance
EMP Environment Management Plan
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMC Environmental Management Cell
LEQ Equivalent Noise Level
GOVT Government of Tamilnadu
GLC Ground Level Concentration
HSE Health, Safety And Environment
HA Hectare
KLD Kilo Litres Per -Day
KM Kilo Meter
MOEF & CC Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change
NH National Highway
NOC No Objection Certificate
PH Public Hearing
R&R Rehabilitation & Resettlement
SEIS Seismograph
SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority
SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee
SH State Highway
SPM Suspended Particulate Matter
TNPCB Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board
TOR Terms of Reference
WQI Water Quality Index
PCPL Precise Conchem Private Limited
GMDC Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation
xix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RF Reserved Forest
CTE Consent To Establishment
GIS Geographic Information System
FCC False Color Composite
CGWA Central Ground Water Authority
SGWA State Ground Water Authority
SRTM Shuttle Radar Topography Mission
MSL Mean Sea Level
DEM Digital Elevation Model
FAE Functional Area Experts
QoL Quality of Life
CMVR Central Motor Vehicle Rule
EIM Environmental Impact Matrix
QRA Quantitative Risk Assessment
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
DMP Disaster Management Plan
CER Corporate Environment Responsibility
xx
ToR Compliance
Compliance of Standard ToR issued by MoEF&CC

SN ToR Compliance
1 The alternate sites considered, the The proposed site is located at a distance of
relative merits and demerits and the 6.12 km from the GMDC, Rajpardi Unit with
reasons for selecting the proposed road connectivity, since this is the nearest
site for the Beneficiation Plant available land with road connectivity to
should be indicated. GMDC, Rajpardi Unit and also SH 64 is plying
at a distance of 80m from proposed project
site which will enhance the ease of
operations, thus none other alternate sites
were considered. Detailed analysis of site
alternative is given in Chapter 5, Section
5.2.1, Page No. 195.
2 Details of the technology and The proposed project of
process involved for beneficiation beneficiation/extraction of Silica Sand by
should be given. . involves physical separation/extraction
method involving deploying washing for
removal of clay & heavy mineral oxides and
magnetic separation for removing Ferric
oxides & making it Iron free. The technology
& process description is given in Chapter 2,
Section 2.6, Page No. 18 to 23
3 Location of the proposed Plant w.r.t. The proposed plant will be located at Plot
the source of raw material and No. 91A, 91B, 92A, 92B, 95AB & 94 at Khaodli
mode of transportations of the ore Village, Zagaiyda Taluka, Bharuch District,
from mines to the beneficiation Gujarat State wherein raw materials will be
plant should be justified. sourced from GMDC Mine, Rajpardi located
at distance of 6.12 km and transported to site
by Road.
4 Treatment of run of mine (ROM) The proposed project is of mineral
and or of the fines/waste dump beneficiation which will only receive
should be spelt out. processed & crushed material from GMDC
xxi
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
Rajpardi Mine, thus run of mine & any other
fine waste generation will not occur hence
such dumping is not envisaged.
5 Estimation of the fines going into The fines going into washings will be
the washings should be made and collected post washing process & will be
its management described. used for manufacture of bricks.
6 Details of the equipment, settling 4 Sumps are provisioned.
pond etc. should be furnished. The detailed list of equipments, machineries
are given in Table 2.10 of Chapter 2, Page
No. 28.
7 Detailed material balance should be The detailed material balance of the process
provided. is given in Table 2.6 & Figure 2.10 of Chapter
2, Page No. 22, 23
8 Sources of raw material and its The source of Raw material will be GMDC
transportation should be indicated. Rajpardi Mine at a distance of 6.12 km from
Steps proposed to be taken to proposed project site, transportation of raw
protect the ore from getting air material will be done by existing road
borne should be brought out. connecting GMDC Rajpardi Mine to SH 64 &
project site.
Raw materials coming to project site will

contain ~ 8 to 10 % moisture whereas
product will be dispatched at ~ 5 to 7%
percent moisture, thus raw materials &
product not being in dried will not get air
borne though raw materials & product
transporting vehicles will be covered by
tarpaulin.
9 Management and disposal of The proposed project is of beneficiation form
tailings and closure plan of the mined ores obtained from GMDC Rajpardi
tailing pond, if any after the project mine, hence mining activity will not occur at
xxii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
is over, should be detailed in a project site thereby generation of tailings will
quantified manner. not occur thus tailing pond & is progressive
closure is not involved.
10 The water requirement for the The 797.84 KLD water requirements for the
project, its availability and source project for 1st Cycle & 248 KLD fresh water
should be furnished. A detailed for 2nd Cycle will be sourced from ground
water balance should also be water and 550 KLD recycled water will be
provided. Fresh water requirement used.
for the project should also be Detailed component/activity wise water
indicated. balance is given in Table 2.8 of Chapter 2,
Page No. 24.
11 A copy of the document in support The proposed project is of mineral
of the fact that the Proponent is the beneficiation & plot documents in support of
rightful lessee of the unit should be Project Proponent are given as Annexure II of
given. the EIA Report.
12 All documents including EIA and The same has been ensured, proposed
public hearing should be project is for mineral beneficiation hence all
compatible with one another in documents are in the name of Project
terms of the production levels, Proponent.
waste generation and its
management and technology and
should be in the name of the lessee.
13 All corner coordinates of the Unit, Image superimposed with all corner
superimposed on a High Resolution coordinates of proposed unit is given as
Imagery/Toposheet should be Figure 2.2 of Chapter 2, Page No. 9 &
provided. Such an Imagery of the Toposheet depicting ecological features of
proposed Unit should clearly show study area is Figure 2.4 of Chapter 2, Page
the land use and other ecological No. 11 and Satellite Imagery showing land
features of the study area (core and use land cover of core & buffer study area is
buffer zone). given as Figure 3.3 of Chapter 3, Page No. 37.
14 It should be clearly indicated Company will have a system of reporting of
xxiii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
whether the proponent Company non compliances / violations of
has a well laid down Environment environmental norms to the Board of
Policy approved by its Board of Directors of the company and / or
Directors? If so, it may be spelt out shareholders or stakeholders at large before
in the EIA Report with description of start of trials & operations of proposed
the prescribed operating project.
process/procedures to bring into
focus any infringement/deviation/
violation of the environmental or
forest norms/ conditions? The
hierarchical system or
administrative order of the
Company to deal with the
environmental issues and for
ensuring compliance with the EC
conditions may also be given. The
system of reporting of non-
compliances / violations of
environmental norms to the Board
of Directors of the Company and/or
shareholders or stakeholders at
large,may also be detailed in the
EIA Report.
15 Issues relating to Safety should be The issues related to safety viz. Quantitative
detailed. The proposed safeguard Risk Analysis are detailed in Chapter 7 &
measures in each case should also safeguard measures considering each
be provided. Disaster management scenario are suggested. Disaster
plan shall be prepared and included Management Plan is given in Chapter 7 of
in the EIA/EMP Report. the EIA report.
16 The study area will comprise of 10 The same has been noted & 10 km radial
km zone around the Plant. study area is considered.
xxiv
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
17 Cumulative impact study of both The cumulative impacts of proposed
Beneficiation Plant with suggested beneficiation plant during establishment &
mitigation measures as per the operation phases on various environmental
study should be described. components viz. Air, Soil, Surface & Ground
Water, Noise and Biotic Environment are
detailed in respective sections of Chapter 4
along with mitigation/management
measures.
18 Location of Railway siding with its The proposed project does not envisage
handling capacity and safety railway siding hence not applicable.
measures should be indicated.
19 Option to provide only silo for Raw materials coming to project site will
storage of minerals instead of open contain ~ 8 to 10 % moisture whereas
stacking to avoid fugitive dust product will be dispatched at ~ 5 to 7%
should be explored and percent moisture, thus raw materials &
arrangements finalized justified. product not being in dried will not get air
borne though 6 Nos. of Silos are provided for
storage of materials.
20 Land use of the study area The 10 km radial study area around proposed
delineating forest area, agricultural project had prevailed 2 major land use
land, grazing land, wildlife classes viz. Built-up Area & Agriculture
sanctuary, national park, migratory amongst which Agriculture land use viz.
routes of fauna, water bodies, Farms, Plantations & Agriculture Fallow Land
human settlements and other was the dominant land use with 10,130. 44
ecological features should be Ha., accounting to 31% of total area followed
indicated. Land use plan of the by Built-up Area (Built-up Land, Industrial
lease area should be prepared to Area, Road & Railway) with 8967.33 Ha.,
encompass preoperational, accounting to 27% of total area.
operational and post operational
The prevailing land cover forms in study area
phases and submitted. Impact, if
were Water body, Forests & Scrub wherein
any, of change of land use should
Narmada River & its tributaries under water
xxv
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
be given. body encompassing 7268.31 Ha. area
accounting to 22% of total area was the
largest land cover form followed by Scrub
land & Forests in 4,412.00 Ha., & 1,820.00
Ha., accounting to 14% & 6% of total area
respectively.
The land use of project plot will change from

open land to indusial, the magnitude of the
project plot specific land use is as such that
any impacts are not envisaged.
Deatiled LULC assessment study is given in

Chapter 3, Section 3.4, Page No. 30 to 37.
21 Details of the land for any Over No over burdens will be generated hence
Burden Dumps outside the lease, dumping not envisaged anywhere, the
such as extent of land area, distance proposed project plot belongs to Project
from lease, its land use, R&R issues, Proponent & is vacant hence R&R aspects
if any, should be given. are not applicable.
22 A Certificate from the Competent The proposed project does not involves
Authority in the State Forest forest land, the proposed project land
Department should be provided, documents are given as Annexure II of EIA
confirming the involvement of report.
forest land, if any, in the Project
area. In the event of any contrary
claim by the Project Proponent
regarding the status of forests, the
site may be inspected by the State
Forest Department along with the
Regional Office of the Ministry to
ascertain the status of forests,
xxvi
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
based on which, the Certificate in
this regard as mentioned above be
issued. In all such cases, it would be
desirable for representative of the
State Forest Department to assist
the Expert Appraisal Committees.
23 Status of forestry clearance for the Not applicable since forest land is not
broken up area and virgin involved.
forestland involved in the Project
including deposition of net present
value (NPV) and compensatory
afforestation (CA) should be
indicated. A copy of the forestry
clearance should also be furnished.
24 Implementation status of Not applicable since forest land is not
recognition of forest rights under involved.
the Scheduled Tribes and other
Traditional Forest Dwellers
(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act,
2006 should be indicated.
25 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas Study area had prevailed Reserve Forest at
in the study area, with necessary Ratanpore 1.2 km south of project site, the
details, should be given. detailed flora inventory of Study area along
with Ratanpore Reserve Forest is given in
Table 3.25 of Chapter 3, Page No. 96.
26 A study shall be got done to Detailed Biotic Environment studies of
ascertain the impact of the Project project site and study area have been
on wildlife of the study area and conducted detailed in Chapter 3, Section
details furnished. Impact of the 3.13, Page No. 89 to 109. Project activity
project on the wildlife in the specific Anticipated impacts on Biotic
surrounding and any other Environment during construction &
xxvii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
protected area and accordingly operation phases and respective
detailed mitigative measures management/mitigation measures are given
required, should be worked out in Table No.4.14 & Table No. 4.15 of Chapter
with cost implications and 4 respectively, Page No. 171 to 182.
submitted.
27 Location of National Parks, No National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere
Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant
Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves existing & proposed hence these
Reserves/(existing as well as aspects are not applicable.
proposed), if any, within 10 km of
the mine lease should be clearly
indicated, supported by a location
map duly authenticated by Chief
Wildlife Warden. Necessary
clearance, as may be applicable to
such projects due to proximity of
the ecologically sensitive areas as
mentioned above, should be
obtained from the Standing
Committee of National Board of
Wildlife and copy furnished.
28 A detailed biological study of the Detailed Biotic Environment studies of
study area [core zone and buffer project site and study area have been
zone (10 km radius of the periphery conducted detailed in Chapter 3, Section
of the mine lease)] shall be carried 3.13, Page No. 89-109
out. Details of flora and fauna,
endangered, endemic and RET The IUCN status assessment of 28 flora
Species duly authenticated, species on project plot and 138 species in
separately for core and buffer zone study area revealed none of the flora species
should be furnished based on such were Rare, Endangered & Threatened (RET).
primary field survey, clearly
xxviii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
indicating the Schedule of the fauna The IUCN status assessment of 31 bird
present. In case of any scheduled- I species, 6 Reptile species and 8 mammal
fauna found in the study area, the species revealed none of the fauna species
necessary plan along with were Rare, Endangered & Threatened (RET) &
budgetary provisions for their none Scheduled 1 listed species as WPA
conservation should be prepared in 1972 assessment were present in study area,
consultation with State Forest and thus conservation related aspects are not
Wildlife Department and details envisaged.
furnished. Necessary allocation of
funds for implementing the same
should be made as part of the
project cost.
29 Proximity to Areas declared as Of the 6 Critically Polluted Areas viz.
'Critically Polluted' shall also be Ankleshwar, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara, Vatva,
indicated and where so required, Vapi and 1 Severely Polluted Area viz.
clearance certifications from the Bhavnagar by indentified Central Pollution
prescribed Authorities, such as the Control Board (https://cpcb.nic.in/new-cepi-
SPCB/CPCBshall be secured and action-plan/), the proposed project does is
furnished to the effect that the not in proximity to any of the Critically
proposed activities could be Polluted Areas.
considered.
30 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ Not applicable since the proposed project is
map duly authenticated by one of not a coastal project.
the authorized agencies
demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,
location of the unit w.r.t CRZ,
coastal features such as mangroves,
if any, should be furnished. (Note:
The Projects falling under CRZ
would also need to obtain approval
of the concerned Coastal Zone
xxix
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
Management Authority).
31 R&R Plan/compensation details for The proposed project plot belongs to Project
the Project Affected People (PAP) Proponent & is vacant hence R&R aspects
should be furnished. While are not applicable.
preparing the R&R Plan, the
relevant State/National
Rehabilitation & Resettlement
Policy should be kept in view. In
respect of SCs /STs and other
weaker sections of the society in the
study area, a need based sample
survey, family-wise, should be
undertaken to assess their
requirements, and action
programmes prepared and
submitted accordingly, integrating
the sectoral programmes of line
departments of the State
Government. It may be clearly
brought out whether the village(s)
located in the lease area will be
shifted or not. The issues relating to
shifting of village(s) including their
R&R and socio-economic aspects,
should be discussed in the report.
32 One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. One season (non-monsoon) data viz.
March-May (Summer Season); December 2020 to February 2021 (winter
October-December (post monsoon season) have been collected for AAQ as per
season) ; December-February CPCB Notification 2009 along with which Site
(winter season)] primary baseline specific micrometeorological data, Soil,
data on ambient air quality as per Ambient Noise, Ground & Surface water,
xxx
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
CPCB Notification of 2009, water Socio-economics and Biotic Environment
quality, noise level, soil and flora (Flora, Fauna) have been collected. The
and fauna shall be collected and the monitoring locations were selected based on
AAQ and other data so compiled prominent wind direction & location of
presented date-wise in the EIA and sensitive receptors.
EMP Report. Site specific The all baseline monitoring details are given
meteorological data should also be in respective sections of Chapter 3.
collected. The location of the
monitoring stations should be such
as to represent whole of the study
area and justified keeping in view
the pre-dominant downwind
direction and location of sensitive
receptors. There should be at least
one monitoring station within 500
m of the unit in the pre-dominant
downwind direction. The
mineralogical composition of PM10,
particularly for free silica, should be
given.
33 Air quality modeling should be Anticipated incremental concentrations due
carried out for prediction of impact to proposed project:
of the project on the air quality of
Incremental concentration at all
the area. It should also take into sampling locations
account the impact of movement of Samplin (ug/m )
3
(mg/m )
3
vehicles for transportation of g PM10 SO2 NOX CO

mineral. The details of the model location
A1 1.87 0.0017 6.024 0.0022
used and input parameters used for
A2 0.37 0.005 4.301 0.0027
modeling should be provided.
A3 0.37 0.0017 2.581 0.0016
The air quality contours may be A4 0.19 0.006 0.8603 0.00055
shown on a location map clearly A5 0.56 0.0028 3.441 0.0022
xxxi
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
indicating the location of the site, A6 0.19 0.0006 0.86 0.00055
location of sensitive receptors, if A7 0.56 0.0039 6.022 0.0038
A8 0 0 0 0
any, and the habitation. The wind
A9 0.19 0.0006 0.86 0.00055
roses showing pre-dominant wind
Model used: AERMOD Cloud to estimate
direction may also be indicated on
emission/incremental values during the
the map.
construction phase and CALINEPro to
estimate emissions from vehicular emissions
during the operational phase of the
proposed project.
The air quality contours with locations of

sensitive receptors, habitations are shown in
Figures 4.1 to 4.4 of Chapter 4, Page No. 152
to 155.
34 The water requirement for the The 797.84 KLD water requirement for the
Project, its availability and source project for 1st Cycle & 248 KLD fresh water
should be furnished. A detailed for 2nd Cycle will be sourced from ground
water balance should also be water and 550 KLD recycled water will be
provided. Fresh water requirement used.
for the Project should be indicated. Detailed component/activity wise water
balance is given in Table 2.8 of Chapter 2,
Page No. 24.
35 Necessary clearance from the The necessary permission shall be obtained
Competent Authority for drawl of after grant of Environmental Clearance.
requisite quantity of water for the
Project should be secured and copy
furnished.
36 Description of water conservation Use of 550 KLD recycled water in process &
measures proposed to be adopted sprinkling activity for dust settlement will
in the Project should be given. done.
Details of rainwater harvesting
xxxii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
proposed in the Project, if any, Setup of proposed mineral beneficiation
should be provided. plant will not have any major civil structures
on plot, thus rain water harvesting is not
feasible.
37 Impact of the project on the water Impact of proposed project during
quality, both surface and establishment & operation phases on ground
groundwater should be assessed & surface water quality is given in Chapter 4,
and necessary safeguard measures, Section 4.1.4, Page No. 157 to 158.
if any required, should be provided.
38 Details of any stream, seasonal or No stream seasonal or otherwise passes
otherwise, passing through the through project plot, hence
lease area and modification / modification/diversion are not proposed.
diversion proposed, if any, and the
impact of the same on the
hydrology should be brought out.
39 A time bound Progressive Green belt in 33% of effective plot area viz.
Greenbelt Development Plan shall 6,387.40 Sq. m. & in Buffer green belt zone
be prepared in a tabular form viz. 3,942.23 Sq. m. thus total green belt will
(indicating the linear and be 10,329.63 Sq. m. area. As per MoEF&CC
quantitative coverage, plant species guidelines 1,550 plant will be planted, green
and time frame) and submitted, belt development activity will be
keeping in mind, the same will have accomplished in June 2022, the capital &
to be executed up front on recurring estimated budgetary allocation for
commencement of the project. The green belt development & maintenance is
plant species selected for green belt 9.41 Lakh & 2.40 Lakh respectively.
should have greater ecological
value and should be of good utility The detailed green belt development plan is
value to the local population with given in Section 10.4 of Chapter 10, Page No.
emphasis on local and native 241 to 245.
species and the species which are
tolerant to the pollution.
xxxiii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
40 Impact on local transport Traffic observation in study area was
infrastructure due to the Project conducted at two locations TS1 (Intersection
should be indicated. Projected of SH64 & Road connecting to GMDC
increase in truck traffic as a result of Rajpardi Miner, Nr.Kabir Mandir, Rajpardi) &
the Project in the present road TS2 (On SH64 Nr. Rtanapore), the scenario of
network (including those outside average PUC’s recorded at TS1 & TS2 during
the Project area) should be worked peak hours & incremental PUC’s are
out, indicating whether it is capable summarized below:
of handling the incremental load. Location Time Present Proposed
Estimated
Increase
Arrangement for improving the
Morning 480.6 18.5 18.5
infrastructure, if contemplated TS 1
Evening 495.6 18.5 18.5
(including action to be taken by
other agencies such as State Estimated
Location Time Present Proposed
Increase
Government) should be covered.
Morning 677.8 18.5 18.5
TS 2
Evening 743.4 18.5 18.5
Detailed traffic assessment study is given in
Section 3.15 of Chapter 3, Page No. 141 to
146.
41 Details of the onsite shelter and The man force required will be hired from
facilities to be provided to the nearby areas who will daily travel to & fro
workers should be included in the from project site, hence onsite shelter of
EIA report. workers will not be involved.
42 Occupational Health impacts of the The project specific anticipated occupational
Project should be anticipated and health impacts & respective proposed
the proposed preventive measures preventive measures are given in various
spelt out in detail. Details of pre- sections of Chapter 4 & Chapter 7. Pre-
placement medical examination and placement health checks up & periodical
periodical medical examination medical examination will be conducted as
schedules should be incorporated Gujarat Factories Rule. The estimated capital
in the EMP. The project specific & recurring budgetary allocation is Rs. 2.0
occupational health mitigation Lakh & Rs. 1.0 Lakh respectively.
xxxiv
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
measures with required facilities
proposed in the mining area should
be be detailed.
43 Public health implications of the The anticipated health implications w.r.t
Project and related activities for the sensitive receptors (settlements/habitations)
population in the impact zone is largely due to dust generation during
should be systematically evaluated material handling & process, to minimize &
and the proposed remedial capture such dust generation provision of
measures should be detailed along water sprinklers for process & material stock
with budgetary allocations. piles are made, internal will be kept paved at
all time also site barricades will be provided
to capture dust emission. The estimated
capital & budgetary allocation for air
pollution abetment is 25.0 Lakh and 2.5
Lakh/Annum respectively.
44 Measures of socio economic The socio-economic details area given in
significance and influence to the Section 3.14 of Chapter 3, Page No. 110 to
local community proposed to be 141.
provided by the Project Proponent
should be indicated. As far as
possible, quantitative dimensions
may be given with timeframes for
implementation.
45 Public hearing points raised and The EIA report is being submitted for Public
commitment of the Project Hearing accordingly the points raised &
Proponent on the same along with commitments made along with time bound
time bound Action Plan to action plan will be incorporated in Final EIA
implement the same should be report.
provided and also incorporated in
the final EIA/EMP Report of the
Project.
xxxv
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
46 Details of litigation pending against No litigations against project,
the project, if any, with direction
/order passed by any Court of Law
against the project should be given.
47 The cost of the Project (capital cost The estimated capital cost of project of is
and recurring cost) as well as the 9.04 Crore and the cost capital & recurring
cost towards implementation of cost/annum towards environmental
EMP should be clearly spelt out. management plan is 45.41 Lakh and 26.10
Lakh/Annum respectively.
48 A brief background of the Project, No past & current litigations, Precise
its financial position, Group Conchem is a Private Limited Company, Mr.
Companies and legal issues etc Bhagwanbhai Movaliya, Mr. Mahesh Movalia
should be provided with past and and Mr. Mukesh Movalia are its Directors.
current important litigations if any.
49 Benefits of the Project, if the project The Project benefits in terms of

is implemented should be outlined. environmental, social, economic,
The benefits of the projects shall employment potential are detailed in Chapter
clearly indicate environmental, 8.
social, economic, employment
potential, etc.
xxxvi
ToR Compliance
Compliance of Additional ToR issued by SEIAA, Gujarat State

SN ToR Compliance
1 A tabular chart for the issues raised The EIA report is being submitted for Public
and addressed during public Hearing accordingly the points raised &
hearing/consultation and commitments made along with time bound
commitment of the project action plan will be incorporated in Final EIA
proponent on the same should be report.
provided. An action plan to address
the issues raised during public
hearing and the necessary allocation
of funds for the same should be
provided.
2 PP shall ensure participation of The same will be ensured during Public
people during Public Hearing with Hearing.
equality in gender so as to
encourage woman participation in
Public hearing & at the same time
their issues shall also be given
weightage
3 Public Hearing shall be carried out as Public Hearing will be carried out as per the
per the prevailing guidelines prevailing guidelines published by
published by MoEF&CC time to time. MoEF&CC time to time.
4 Project site specific details such as Project site specific details are given in
distance of the project site from the Table 2.3 of Chapter 2, Page No.16, 17. The
nearest (1) Village (2) Water Body: anticipated impacts on sensitive receptors
Creek / Nallah / Lake / Pond / & mitigation/management measures are
Reservoir / Canal (3) National given in respective sections of Chapter 4.
Highway (4) State Highway (5)
Railway line(6) Heritage site (7)
National Park / wild Life Sanctuary
and likely impact on them due to the
proposed project along with the
xxxvii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
mitigation measures proposed to
minimize the likely impact.
5 Present land use pattern of the study The 10 km radial study area around
area shall be given based on recent proposed project had prevailed 2 major
satellite imagery as well as field land use classes viz. Built-up Area &
investigation clearly indicating Agriculture amongst which Agriculture land
vegetation (agricultural land, use viz. Farms, Plantations & Agriculture
irrigated, un-irrigated, un-cultivable Fallow Land was the dominant land use
land-as per the revenue records, with 10,130. 44 Ha., accounting to 31% of
forest area-as per the records) total area followed by Built-up Area (Built-
grazing and waste land. up Land, Industrial Area, Road & Railway)
with 8967.33 Ha., accounting to 27% of
total area.
The prevailing land cover forms in study
area were Water body, Forests & Scrub
wherein Narmada River & its tributaries
under water body encompassing 7268.31
Ha. area accounting to 22% of total area
was the largest land cover form followed by
Scrub land & Forests in 4,412.00 Ha., &
1,820.00 Ha., accounting to 14% & 6% of
total area respectively.
Detailed LULC assessment study is given in
Chapter 3, Section 3.4, Page No. 30 to 37.
6 Land possession documents. Copy of The land possession documents are given
NA order showing permission to use as Annexure II of the EIA report.
the project land for industrial
purpose.
7 Layout plan of the factory premises Layout plan of the proposed unit is given
clearly demarcating various units as Figure 2.8 in Chapter 2, Page No. 19.
within the plant. Provision of
xxxviii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
separate entry & exit and continuous
unobstructed peripheral open path
within the premises for unobstructed
easy movement of the emergency
vehicle / fire tenders without
reversing back. Mark the same in the
plant layout.
8 Name of the mineral to be The proposed project is for beneficiation of
beneficiated, mineral throughput Silica Sand, the anticipated production is
quantity in TPA, maximum mineral 4,00, 000 MT/A.
extraction capacity of the proposed
plant.
9 Type of the ore to be processed, Raw sand purchased from GMDC Mine,
source of the ore and copy of Rajpardi will be processed.
agreement / linkage with respective
mine/s.
10 Complete description of unit process The complete process description is given
operations such as crushing, sizing, in Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Page No. 18 to 23.
grinding, washing, mineral
processing with their capabilities and
flowchart.
11 Assessment of source of the water The water for proposed project will be
supply with adequacy of the same to sourced from ground water with due
meet with the requirements for the permissions.
project.
12 Copy of permission letter from The CGWA permission for extraction of
CGWA obtained from the concerned ground water will be issued after grant of
authority for extraction of ground Environmental Clearance.
water source like bore well in
proposed unit.
xxxix
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
13 Water balance diagram (including The 797.84 KLD water requirements for the
reuse-recycle, if any) along with project for 1st Cycle & 248 KLD fresh water
qualitative and quantitative analysis for 2nd Cycle will be sourced from ground
of each waste stream to be water and 550 KLD recycled water will be
generated from the in manufacturing used.
process of each product to be Detailed component/activity wise water
manufactured along with mass balance is given in Table 2.8 of Chapter 2,
balance. Page No. 24.
14 Aclion plan for zero liquid discharge The action plan for Zero Liquid Discharge
(ZLD). (ZLD) is given in Section 2.7.1.1 of Chapter
2, Page No. 25.
15 Plans for management and disposal The detailed plan to tackle spillage,
of waste streams to be generated leakages from unforeseen events is given
ftom spillage, leakages, vessel on Onsite Emergency Prepared Plan in
washing, used container etc. Chapter 7. The process is effluent free
Measures proposed for preventing hence event of effluent discharge is not
effluent discharge during unforeseen envisaged.
circumstances.
16 One season Site-specific micro- Site specific micro-meteorological data
meteorological data using monitored during the period of December
temperature, relative humidity, 2020 to February 2021 (Winter season) is
hourly wind speed and direction and given in of Chapter 3, Section 3.11.1.1, Page
rainfall should be incorporated. No. 72, 73.
17 Detailed effluent treatment scheme The proposed project of mineral
and disposal method. Technical beneficiation is effluent free, only wash
details of the proposed ETP water will be generated which will be
including size of each unit, retention reused back in process and for sprinkling
time etc. along with ib adequacy activity for dust settling, thus ETP is not
report. How it will be ensured that required for proposed project.
treated effluent will be completely
recycled and won't flow outside the
xl
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
premises.
18 Explore the possibility of reuse / The proposed project envisages reuse of
recycle and other cleaner production water to the tune of 550 KLD (68.93 %
options for reduction of wastes. recycle) and clay generated from Raw sand
washing will be used for manufacture of
clay bricks. Thus there will not be any
generation of process waste.
19 Specific details of Air Pollution The anticipated dust generation from
Control Measures proposed for proposed project during material transport,
fugitive dust emission from each and storage & hauling activity is unlikely to
every step of unit operations and occur since, raw materials coming to
transportations. Control of project site will contain ~ 8 to 10 %
particulate and dust suppression in moisture whereas product will be
tailings pond. dispatched at ~ 5 to 7% percent moisture,
thus raw materials & product not being in
dried will not get air borne though raw
materials & product transporting vehicles
will be covered by tarpaulin and water
sprinkling activity will be done during
process.
20 Plan for prevention and control of The anticipated dust generation from
fugitive emission / dusting at each proposed project during material transport,
and every stage of handling storage & hauling activity is unlikely to
including unloading / loading, occur since, raw materials coming to
transportation, stacking / project site will contain ~ 8 to 10 %
conveyance i.e transfer of Silica sand, moisture whereas product will be
tailings etc. dispatched at ~ 5 to 7% percent moisture,
thus raw materials & product not being in
dried will not get air borne though raw
materials & product transporting vehicles
xli
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
process.
21 Details regarding D.G. Set including 1 D.G of 1000 kVA capacity is proposed,
its capacities, location, fuel fuel consumption will be High Speed Diesel
consumption & storage and acoustic - 200 l/hr. stored in barrels, the D.G will be
measures to abate noise pollution. provided with acoustic enclosure to abate
noise pollution.
22 Measures proposed to be taken for The work area ambient air quality
the work area ambient air quality monitoring as per Gujarat Factories Rules
monitoring as per Gujarat Factories will be done during project operational
Rules. phase.
23 lmpact of the transport of raw Traffic observation in study area was
material and finished product on the conducted at two locations TS1
existing transport system should be (Intersection of SH64 & Road connecting to
assessed and provided. Whether any GMDC Rajpardi Miner, Nr.Kabir Mandir,
additional infrastructure is required Rajpardi) & TS2 (On SH64 Nr. Ratanpore),
to be constructed, details thereof the scenario of average PUC’s recorded at
and the agency responsible for the TS1 & TS2 during peak hours &
same with time frame. incremental PUC’s are summarized below.
Estimated
Increase
Morning 480.6 18.5 18.5
TS 1
Evening 495.6 18.5 18.5
Estimated
Increase
Morning 677.8 18.5 18.5

TS 2
Evening 743.4 18.5 18.5
xlii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
Detailed traffic assessment study is given in
Section 3.15 of Chapter 3, Page No. 141 to
144.
24 Details of approach roads/s to the The State Highway plying at distance of

unit including its width, condition 80m North of project plot provides
etc. connectivity to the region for transport of
finished products and the GMDC, Rajaprdi
mine from where raw materials will be
produced located at distance of 6.12 km is
connected by a road developed by GMDC,
Rajaprdi upto SH64.
25 One complete season base line One season (non-monsoon) data viz.
ambient air quality data (except December 2020 to February 2021 (winter
monsoon) to be given along with the season) have been collected for AAQ as per
dates of monitoring. The parameters CPCB Notification 2009 along with which
to be covered shall be in accordance Site specific micrometeorological data, Soil,
with the revised National Ambient Ambient Noise, Ground & Surface water,
Air Quality Standards as well as Socio-economics and Biotic Environment
project specific parameters. (Flora, Fauna) have been collected. The
Locations of the monitoring stations monitoring locations were selected based
should be so decided so as take into on prominent wind direction & location of
consideration the pre-dominant sensitive receptors and the free silica have
downwind direction, population been monitored in AAQ at all locations.
zone and sensitive receptors. There The all baseline monitoring details are
should be at least one monitoring given in respective sections of Chapter 3.
station in the upwind direction,
There should be at least one
monitoring station in the pre
dominant downwind direction at a
location where maximum ground
level concentration is likely to occur.
xliii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
26 Modelling indicating the likely Anticipated incremental concentrations due
impact on ambient air quality due to to proposed project:
proposed activities. The details of
Incremental concentration at all
model used and input parameters sampling locations
used for modelling should be Sampling (ug/m )
3
(mg/m )
3
provided. The air quality contours location PM10 SO2 NOX CO

may be shown on location map A1 1.87 0.0017 6.024 0.0022
clearly indicating the location of A2 0.37 0.005 4.301 0.0027
sensitive receptors, if any, and the A3 0.37 0.0017 2.581 0.0016
habitation. The wind rose showing A4 0.19 0.006 0.8603 0.00055
pre-dominant wind direction should A5 0.56 0.0028 3.441 0.0022
also be indicated on the map. lmpact A6 0.19 0.0006 0.86 0.00055
due to vehicular movement shall also A7 0.56 0.0039 6.022 0.0038
be included into the prediction using A8 0 0 0 0
suitable model. Results of Air A9 0.19 0.0006 0.86 0.00055
dispersion modelling should
be Model used: AERMOD Cloud to estimate
superimposed on satellite lmage / emission/incremental values during the
geographical area map. construction phase and CALINEPro to
estimate emissions from vehicular
emissions during the operational phase of
the proposed project.
The air quality contours with locatons of

sensitive receptors, habitations are shown
in Figure
27 Base line status of the noise Base line status of noise environment is
environment, impact of noise on given in Chapter 3, Section 3.12, Page No.
present environment due to the 85 to 88, the baseline studies revealed that
project and proposed measures for ambient noise levels in study area were
noise reduction including within the prescribed CPCB standards. The
engineering controls. anticipated impacts on noise environment
xliv
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
during construction & operation phases of
project are given in Chapter 4, Section
4.1.5, Page No. 159 to 164.
28 Specific details of (i) Process gas The proposed project of mineral

emission from each unit process with beneficiation envisages silica sand
its quantification, (ii) Air pollution extraction mainly by washing hence none
Control Measures proposed for process emissions are envisaged.
process gas emission, (iii) Adequacy
of the air pollution control measures
for process gas emission, measures
to achieve the GPCB norms (iv)
Details of the utilities required (vii)
Air Pollution Control
Measures proposed to each of the
utility along with its adequacy (viii)
List the sources of fugitive emission
along with its quantification and
proposed measures to control it.
29 Specific details of fugitive emission The anticipated dust generation from
from the unit along with its proposed project during material transport,
quantification and proposed storage & hauling activity is unlikely to
measures to control it along with occur since, raw materials coming to
measures proposed to monitor PM project site will contain ~ 8 to 10 %
within work area. Details of moisture whereas product will be
ventilation system proposed in the dispatched at ~ 5 to 7% percent moisture,
work area. Measures proposed to thus raw materials & product not being in
keep the work area environment as dried will not get air borne though raw
per the norms of GFR. materials & product transporting vehicles
process.
xlv
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
30 Details of measures proposed for Acoustic enclosure will be provided to
noise pollution abatement & its noise generating equipment viz. D.G,
monitoring.
31 Details of management of the The hazardous waste viz. Used/Spent oil
hazardous wastes to be generated will be disposed through Authorized
from the project stating detail of Vendor.
storage area for each type of waste,
its handling and its disposal. How
the manual handling of the
hazardous wastes will be minimized
32 Technical justification regarding Mud The Mud sand is not incorporated in
sand as Hazardous waste and Hazardous Waste Management Rules of
category of Mud sand as per HW 2016, however clay generated from Raw
Rules'2o16. sand washing will be used for manufacture
of clay bricks.
33 Ecological status of area such as The ecological status of study area
habitat type and quality, species, describing habitat type & quality, species
diversity, rarity, fragmentation, diversity, rarity, fragmentation & ecological
ecological linkage, age, abundance, linkage is given Chapter Section 3.13.6 &
etc. Section 3.13.7, Page No. 108, 109.
34 A detailed EMP including the The detailed Environment Management
protection and mitigation measures Plan (EMP) describing the provisions of
for preventing impacts on human protection & mitigation measures,
health and environment as well as budgetary allocation is given various
detailed monitoring plan with sections of Chapter 10. Detailed
respect to various parameters and Environmental Monitoring Programme
responsible head for the (EMP) w.r.t various environmental
environmental management cell and parameters & frequency is given in Chapter
environmental management cell 6, Section 6.2, Page No. 198, 199.
proposed for implementation and
monitoring of
xlvi
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
EMP.
35 Detailed socio-economic The socio-economic details area given in
development measures including Section 3.14 of Chapter 3, Page No. 110 to
community welfare program most 141.
useful in the project area for the
overall improvement of the
environment.
36 A detailed Green Belt Development Green belt in 33% of effective plot area viz.
Programe including annual budget, 6,387.40 Sq. m. & in Buffer green belt
types & number of trees to be zone viz. 3,942.23 Sq. m. thus total green
planted, area under green belt belt will be 10,329.63 Sq. m. area. As per
development [with map]; along with MoEF&CC guidelines 1,550 plant will be
commitment of the management to planted, green belt development activity
carry out the tree plantation will be accomplished in June 2022, the
activities outside the premises at capital & recurring estimated budgetary
appropriate places in the industrial allocation for green belt development &
estate and elsewhere. maintenance is 9.41 Lakh & 2.40 Lakh
respectively.
The detailed green belt development plan

is given in Section 10.4 of Chapter 10, Page
No. 241 to 246.
37 Details of possibilities of The project specific anticipated
occupational health hazards from occupational health impacts & respective
the proposed manufacturing proposed preventive measures are given in
activities and proposed measures to various sections of Chapter 4 & Chapter 7.
prevent them. The estimated capital & recurring
budgetary allocation is Rs. 2.0 Lakh & Rs.
1.0 Lakh respectively.
xlvii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
38 Detailed risk assessment report The issues related to safety viz. Quantitative
including prediction of the worst- Risk Analysis are detailed in Chapter 7 &
case scenario and maximum credible safeguard measures considering each
accident scenario along with damage scenario are suggested. Disaster
distances and preparedness plan to Management Plan is given in Chapter 7 of
combat such situation and risk the EIA report.
mitigation measures. Vulnerable
zone demarcation.
39 Fund allocation for Corporate Estimated cost of proposed project is 9.04
Environment Responsibility (CER) for Crore & CER activities will be implemented
various activities therein. The details to address the concerns raised during the
of fund allocation and activities for Public Consultation (Public Hearing)
CER shall be incorporated in process as per MoEF&CC Office
EIA/EMP report. The entire activities Memorandum vide F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III
proposed under CER shall be part of dated 30th September, 2020. The Public
Environment Management Plan Consultation is to be conducted for the
(EMP) as per the MoEF&cc's oM no. proposed project; hence CER plan will be
F. No.22-65t2017-lA.lll dated formulated post Public Consultation
30.09 2020 process.
40 Explore the use of renewable energy Possibilities to explore the renewable

to the maximum extent possible. energy to the extent feasible shall be
Details of provisions to make the explored.
project energy-efficient through
energy efficient devices and
adoption of modes of alternative
eco-friendly sources of energy like
solar water heater, solar lighting etc.
Measures proposed for energy
conservation.
41 Status of all the applicable Rules, The application for Consent to
xlviii
ToR Compliance
SN ToR Compliance
Acls, Regulation, clearances in a Establishment vide Inward: 204436 dtd.
tabular form. 01/10/2021 is submitted, Consent to
Operate will be granted after grant of
Environmental Clearance.
42 Regular medical check-up of workers Regular medical check-up of workers at six-
at six month interval for silicosis monthly interval for silicosis detection in
detection in workers, working in workers, working in proposed project will
proposed project. be done during project operational phase.
43 A tabular chart with index for point- Tabular chart giving point wise compliance
wise compliance of above TORs. of Standard TOR is given in Page No. xxi-
xlix
xlix
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES-1 Introduction
M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. (PCPL) - a Mumbai-based ISO certified company -
began its journey in 2005 to offer quality solutions for challenges faced by the building
construction industries; predominantly cracks, de-bonding of plasters and water
leakages & seepages.
At Gujarat, in 2010, the company initiated its production based on the advanced
Polymerized Drymix Mortar Technology adopted in European countries. The company
started manufacturing high quality Polymerized Drymix Mortars and Plasters, with its
Flagship brands „SILICOplast‟ and SILICOfix‟ respectively.
Continuing the legacy PCPL intends to set up a Silica Sand Benficiation Plant.
ES-2 Need & Justification of Project
In India, there is no one industry in the organized sector to process the sand with means
of sophisticated water washing equipment, leave aside chemically treated silica.
Therefore, the consumer industry has to rely on existing supplies, which contain above
impurities and therefore the quality of the end product leaves much to be desired. There
are rare instances of sand washing particularly sheet glass industry for removal of clay
and other silt materials.
The best quality of sand comes from the states of Andhra Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar,
West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Karnataka where some effort is made by
the miners to wash the sand with water. Elsewhere, the sand washing is done very rarely;
therefore, entire bulk consumers are dependent upon supplies from U.P., thus the
proposed project will help to cater to this demand & supply gap at local & national
level.
ES-3 Project Location
The proposed project of mineral beneficiation will be located at Plot No. 91A, 91B, 92A,
92B, 95AB & 94 at Khaodli Village, Zagaiyda Taluka, Bharuch District, and Gujarat State.
The GPS co-odinates of project plot are Latitude - 21°45'9.56"N, Longitude -
73°12'25.22"E, project site come under Survey of India Toposheet No 46G/1 & is
approximately at 24 m from mean sea level.
Prepared by Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech (P) Ltd, Salem, Tamil Nadu ES 1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES-4 Project Description
The proposed project is of mineral benefictiaton wherein PCPL has envisaged

production of Silica Sand to the tune of 4,00,000.0 MT/A and Clay Bricks to the tune of
70,588.0 MT/A. As per Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14 th
September, 2006 and its amendments till date, the proposed project falls under
Schedule 2 (b) of the notification as categoty B (B1) project, accordingly proposed
project is granted Terms of Refernce (ToR) vide No. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/2(b)/690/2021 dtd.
28th May, 2021 by State Environment Impact Assessment Authority - Gujarat for
conduction of EIA studies. The salient features of proposed project are given in below
Table.
Table ES-1: Salient Features of the Project

Sr.
Component Details
No.
M/s Precise Conchem Private Limited

Name & Address
1 Plot No. 91A, 91B, 92A, 92B, 95AB & 94 at Khaodli Village,
of Company
Jhagadia Taluka, Bharuch District, Gujarat State
2 Product Type Mineral Benificiation
3 Project Type New

Schedule of project
4 as per EIA 2(b)
Notification, 2006
5 Category of Project B (B1)
Plot Area Details

6
Particulars Area in Sq. m. % of Total Plot Area
Clay Fine Stock &
a 1,691.30 8.73
Processing Yard
Raw Material Stck
b 1,92.21 0.99
Yard
Coarse Product
c 1,00.00 0.51
Storage
Finished Prodcut
d 6,12.90 3.166
Storage
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
e Open Area 10,371.96 53.58

6,387.40 33.00
f Green Belt
*3,942.23 --
19,355.77 100.00
Note: Total project plot area = 23,298.00 Sq. m. whereas in
compliance to SEIAA ToR *Buffer Green Belt Zone around
g Total Plot Area
Plant Premises will be maintained, thus Efflective Plot Area
= 19, 355.77 Sq. m. & Buffer Green Belt Zone = 3,942.23
Sq. m.
7 Production Details
a Silica Sand 4,00,000.0 MT/A
b Clay Bricks 70,588.0 MT/A
8 Budgetary Details
Project Cost (Indian
a 9.04 Crore
Rs.)
EMP Cost (Indian
b Capital: 45.10 Lakh, Recurring/Annum: 26.10 Lakh
Rs.)
9 Power Requirement
Power
a 250 kW
Requriement
b Source Gujarat State Electicity Corporation Limited (GSECL)
Fuel Requirement
10
High Speed Diesel 200 l/hr.
Diesel Generator (D.G.) Details

11
Capacity & No. 1 x 1000 kVA
Stack Details
12 Stack No.1: Stack of 6.4 m height above roof for 1000 kVA
D.G
D.G.
13 Man Power 56 No.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
14 Water Requirement
Particular Quantity (KLD)
Process 646.84
Dust Surpression 143.00
Domestic 3.0
Green Belt 5.0
Total 797.84
Note: 1st Cycle water requirement will be 797.84 & from 2nd cycle onwards 247.84
(~ 248) KLD fresh water will be required.
15 Effluent Generation & Recycle Details
Particulars Effluent Quantity (KLD) Remark
96.84 KLD process loss, 550
(407 KLD for use within
Process --
process + 143 KLD for Dust
Supression)
Dust Supression -- No effluent generation
To septic tank followed by
Domestic 2.40
soak pit
Green Belt -- No effluent generation
Total Effluent 2.40
Total Recyle 550
Note: Proposed project will be a complete ZLD activity i.e. no discharge out of the
project premises
16 Details of Hazardous Wastes

Sr. Method of
Particulars Category* UOM Quantity
No. Disposal/Management
Used/Spent Oil Disposal through
1 5.1 KL/A 0.08
Auhtorized Vendor
*Schedule I of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary
Movement) Rules, 2016.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES-5 Baseline Environmental Status
Primary baseline environmental monitoring studies in 10-km radial study area were
conducted through MoEF&CC recognized and NABL approved laboratory - Noida
Testing Laboratories during December 2020 - February 2021.
ES-5.1 Land Use & Land Cover
The 10 km radial study area around proposed projet had prevailed 2 major land use
classes viz. Built-up Area & Agriculture amongst whcih Agriculture land use viz. Farms,
Plantations & Agriculture Fallow Land was the dominant land use with 10,130. 44 Ha.,
accounting to 31% of total area followed by Built-up Area (Built-up Land, Industrial
Area, Road & Railway) with 8967.33 Ha., accounting to 27% of total area.
The prevailing land cover forms in study area were Water body, Forests & Scrub wherein
Narmada River & its tributaries under water body encompassing 7268.31 Ha. area
accounting to 22% of total area was the largest land cover form followed by Scrub land
& Forests in 4,412.00 Ha., & 1,820.00 Ha., accounting to 14% & 6% of total area
respectively.
ES-5.2 Soil Environment
The soil samples were derived from 8 different locations viz. 7 within the study area & 1
in proposed project plot. Analysis results revealed that the pH values amongst all soil
samples were varying in range of 7.25 to 7.63; which indicated slightly alkaline to
moderately alkaline nature of soil samples. The organic matter content in soils was
varying between the ranges of 1.30 to 1.65 percent. The values of Nitrogen amongst all
locations varied between 0.2 to 0.41 g/kg. & maximum concentration of Nitrogen was
observed at location S6. Concentrations of Phosphorus were found to be in the range of
0.015 to 0.099 g/kg whereas highest concentration was observed at location S8, while
the lowest concentration was observed at location S1. Concentration of Potassium
amongst all locations was found to be ranging between 0.20 to 0.31 g/kg.
Concentrations of Magnesium, Iron & Zinc varied in the range of 0.40 to 0.49 g/kg, 0.21
to 0.34 g/kg and 0.24 to 0.39 g/kg respectively. The values of SAR amongst all soil
samples were in the range of 0.17 to 0.26.
Comparisons of soil analysis results with the Chemical Classification of Soil Quality given
by Indian Council of Agriculture Research shows that pH classification of soils is Slightly
Alkaline, Nitrogen is sufficient & Phosphorus more than sufficient. On the other hand
comparison with Levels of Fertility scale by Tondon H.L.S (2005) for Nitrogen revealed
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
that soils in study area fall under Very High fertile category. Thus it can be concluded
that prevailing soils in study area are moreover fertile which may be attributed to
predominant agricultural land use in study area.
ES-5.3 Air Environment
Ambient Air quality for criteria pollutants viz. PM10, PM2.5, NOx, SO2 & CO and project
speficic parameter viz. Free Silica (as SiO2)was monitored at 8 locations in study area
whereas additional parameters viz. NH3, C6H6, BaP, O3, Pb and Ni, along with criteria
pollutants were monitored at proposed project site.
 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

The average maximum 24 hourly concentration of PM2.5 was 44.9 μg/m3 recorded
at A1station while minimum concentration 31.8 μg/m3 was recorded at A5 & A6
station.
 Particulate Matter (PM10)
The average maximum 24 hourly concentration of PM10 was 89.6 μg/m3 recorded
at A9 station while minimum concentration 71.4 μg/m3 was recorded at A6
station.
 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
The average maximum 24 hourly concentration 20.2 μg/m3 of SO2 was recorded
at stations A3 and minimum concentration 16.2 μg/m3 was recorded at station at
A1.
 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
The average maximum 24 hourly concentration 30.1 µg/m3 was recorded at
station A9 whereas the minimum concentration 20.3 μg/m3 was recorded at
station A1.
 Carbon Monoxide (CO)
The average maximum 8 hourly concentration of CO was 1.51 mg/m3 at A9
station, while minimum concentration 0.83 mg/ m3 was recorded at A6 station.
 Free Silica (SiO2)
Maximum & minimum concentrations varied in the range of 0.42 to 0.74 µg/m3 &
0.28 & 0.58 µg/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration viz. 0.74 µg/m3 was
recorded at A9 location whereas minimum concentration 0.28 µg/m3 was
recorded at A8 location. The maximum concentration at A9 location may be
attributed to its proximity to GMDC Rajpardi Mine whereas minimum
concentration recorded at A8 location may be attributed to it being located in
the upwind direction.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
In general, the ambient air quality was satisfactory with respect to all major pollutants.
The 98th percentile values of all pollutants were found to be below NAAQS. The other
parameters such as Ammonia (NH3), Benzene, Benzo-α-Pyrene (BAP), Lead (Pb) and
Nickel (Ni) monitored at A1 location were below respective detection limits except for
Ozone (O3), minimum & maximum concentrations of Ozone were 22 & 31 µg/m3
respectively & average concentration was 26.5 µg/m3.
Thus, it is concluded that the concentration of additional parameters at project was also
within the prescribed NAAQS.
ES-5.4 Noise Environment
Ambient noise levels monitored at eight (8) locations in the study area during the study
period.
Monitoring results revealed that the day time & night time highest noise levels were
recorded at Rajpardi (N3) viz. 45.55 dB (A) & 41.21 dB (A) respectively. The maximum
noise levels recorded at this location amongst all other locations may be attributed
anthropogenic activities in the Rajpardi Village. It shall be noted that the noise levels
during the day time as well as night time were found to be under the prescribed
standards by CPCB for Industrial (75 dBA Day & 70 dBA Night) area and Residential (55
dBA Day & 45 dBA Night) area.
ES-5.5 Ground Water Environment
Ground water monitored at eight (8) locations in the study area during the study period.
Concentrations of various parameters amongst all the samples were in the range of pH -
7.14 to 7.94, TDS - 562 to 811 mg/l, Sulphate - 7.1 to 10.6 mg/l, , Total Hardness - 165
to 232 mg/l, Nitrate - 4.4 to 6.1 mg/l, Bicarbonate - 212.3 to 294.0 mg/l, Calcium - 49.0
to 67.0 mg/l, Sodium - 20.0 to 31.0 mg/l, Potassium 2.2 to 2.7 mg/l, Fluoride - 0.05 to
0.3 mg/l, Magnesium - 0.7 to 19.4 mg/l, Zinc - 1.1 to 36.1mg/l Iron - 0.10 to 0.27 mg/l,
Copper - 0.018 to 0.0027 mg/l, Cadmium - 0.001 to 0.0024 mg/l, COD - 8.0 to 12.0 mg/l,
BOD - 2.0 to 5.0mg/l and Phosphate were below detection limit and Heavy Metals viz.
Lead, Selenium, Mercury, Arsenic were not detected. Phenolic Compound & Cyanide
were not detected in any of the sample similarly Ecoli & Coliforms were not present in
any sample.
Interpretation & Conclusion:
Observations during ground water sampling revealed that any of the sampled ground
water sources were not subjected to releases, domestic activities like bathing, washing
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
etc. thus the found concentrations of Fluoride may be attributed to geoginic nature of
bottom strata. However as evidenced during sampling & field visits the study area was
subjected to tremendous agricultural runoff which may be attributed to found
concentrations of Nitrogen & Sulphate in ground water samples.
Prevailing quality of ground water in study area was compared with the IS 10500 : 2012
viz. Drinking Water Standards by Bureau of Indian Standards which revealed that
parameters viz. pH, Chlorides, Sulphates, Total Hardness, Nitrate, Arsenic, Calcium,
Cadmium, Iron, Lead, Chromium, Mercury, Nickel, Zinc, Fluorides, Total Coliforms and E.
Coli were within acceptable concentrations whereas TDS & Magnesium were within
permissible concentrations, However though the concentrations of COD, BOD, Sodium,
Potassium & Phosphates being not specified in standards based on the specified
standards it is can be interpreted that prevailing ground water in study area is fit for
human consumption use, thus it can be concluded that the prevailing ground water in
study area is by & large not polluted.
ES-5.6 Surface water
Surface water was monitored at six (6) locations in the study area during the study
period.
Analysis results revealed that pH values amongst all samples varied in the range of 7.24
to 8.12, Total Hardness concentration varied in the range of 101 mg/l to 160 mg/l &
maximum concentration was recorded at SW1, TDS concentration varied in the range of
342 to 917 mg/l whereas maximum concentration 917 mg/l was recorded at SW6 &
minimum concentration 342 mg/l at SW2. Specific Conductance was found to be
ranging in between 514 to 1379 µS/cm. The concentrations of BOD & COD were found
to be varying in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 mg/l & 6.0 to 1.0mg/l respectively whereas the
concentration of Nitrate varied in the range of 3.4 to 5.1 mg/l. Concentrations of
elements such as Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium & Potassium were found to be in the
range of 14.0 to 36.0 mg/l, 4.9 to 22.5 mg/l, 13.0 to 24.0 mg/l & 1.5 to 2.2 mg/l
respectively. Cadmium was in the range of 0.0001mg/l to 0.002 mg/l.
Concentrations of elements such as Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium & Potassium were

found to be in the range of 14.0 to 36.0 mg/l, 4.9 to 22.5 mg/l, 13.0 to 24.0 mg/l & 1.5
to 2.2 mg/l respectively. Cadmium was in the range of 0.0001mg/l to 0.002 mg/l.
Heavy metals viz. Lead, Selenium, Mercury & Arsenic were not detected in all samples,
similarly Boron, Phenolic Compounds and Cyanide were not detected in all samples.
Ecoli & Coliform.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

To ascertain the best suited use of sampled surface water bodies, the analysis results
were compared with the Designated Best Use Water Quality Criteria & the analysis
revealed that sampled surface water bodies in study area bet suited for Class “E” Water
i.e., Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled waste disposal.
ES-5.7 Biotic Environment
Project plot specific flora & fauna:
The proposed project site admeasuring 19,355.77 sq. m. was devoid of any tree &
significant vegetation; except for some intermittent gregarious ground dwelling scrub
vegetating. The 28 species of ground dwelling scrub flora observed in project plot
comprised of herbaceous & shrubby annuals which generally grow in open spaces with
the onset of monsoon & are commonest for the region in consideration with a very
wide range of presence & abundance in the entire Bharuch District and none species are
endemic.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Table ES-2: Project Plot Flora Composition & IUCN Status Summary
No. of Project Site Flora Composition Summary
Species Hb Cl Sh Na Nt An Pr
19 2 7 13 15 15 13
IUCN Status Summary
Extinct
Data Least Near Critically No IUCN
28 Not Vulnerable Endangered in the Extinct
Deficient Concern Threatened Endangered Information
Evaluated (VU) (EN) Wild (EX)
(DD) (LC) (NT) (CR) on species
(EW)
-- -- 7 -- -- -- -- -- -- 21
During field studies faunal activity, presence of any fauna was not witnessed on project site, also as the project site being devoid of
any tree was free of nests. Indirect evidences of faunal presence, activity viz. pug marks, scats, burrows, dens, fallen feathers etc. were
also not observed.
Study area flora & fauna:
Study area comprised of scrub lands, thickets and Reserve Forests along hill & hillocks, field studies in & around selected
sites/locations resulted in recording 138 plant species which comprised of native, introduced, naturalized, evergreen & deciduous
type varieties trees, annual & perennial climbers, herbs and shrubs, the vegetation type & composition varied as per the terrain
physiography & characteristics, the summary flora composition & IUCN status summary is given in Table ES-3.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Table ES-3: Study Area Flora Composition & IUCN Status Summary
No. of Study Area Flora Composition Summary
Species Hb Cl Sh Tr Ev Dc An Pr Na Nt In
38 15 15 70 31 27 23 57 94 26 18
IUCN Categories
Extinct
(EW)
-- 2 64 1 1 -- -- -- -- 70
Field studies in study area resulted in recording 31 bird species whereas 6 reptiles species & 8 mammal species are listed based on
field sightings & interactions with locals in study area. The IUCN status & WPA 1972 Schedule summary of the fauna is given in Table
ES-4.
Table ES-4: Study Area Fauna - IUCN Status & WPA 1972 Schedule Summary
Listed in
Extinct
Not Data Least Near Critically No IUCN Schedule
No. of Vulnerable Endangered in the Extinct
Fauna Evaluate Deficient Concern Threatened Endangered Information I of
Species (VU) (EN) Wild (EX)
d (DD) (LC) (NT) (CR) on species WPA,
(EW)
1972
Birds 31 -- -- 30 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 0
Reptiles 6 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 0
Mammals 8* -- -- 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
* - 2 of the mammals were Stray dog & Domestic Buffalo hence IUCN Status & WPA 1972 listing could not be established
Ecological status of study area viz. habitat type & quality, species, diversity, rarity, fragmentation, ecological linkage
Table ES-5: Habitat Types in Study Area

Sr.
Terrain/Physiography Habitat Description Remarks
No.
Scrub & Grass lands Khadoli, Avidha, Rajpardi,
1 Plains Scrub & Grass lands
Madhavapara, Sarsa
Tropical Dry Deciduous Vegetation (Type 5A Ratanpore, Kariya, Rampur & Kadavali Reserve
2 Hills & Hillocks
Tropical Deciduous Forests) Forests
Dense Vegetation
3 Naturally grown dense vegetation patches Dense vegetation in Karbirwad
Patch
Along the course of Narmada River & Kabir Bar
4 Riverine Riparian
River Island
Species diversity
28 scrub plant species were recorded on project plot of which none belonged to Vulnerable, Threatened & Endangered categories as
per IUCN assessment, 138 plant species were recorded in study area of which 1 species viz. Aegle marmelos belonged to Near
Threatened category & 1 species viz. Saraca asoca belonged to Vulnerable category.
31 birds species, 6 mammal & 8 reptile species were recorded/known from study area of which none belonged to Vulnerable,
Threatened & Endangered categories & nor listed in Schedule I of WPA, 1972.
Of the recorded fauna & flora none were rare & endemic, habitat fragmentation & evident ecological linkage were not observed in
study area during field studies
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES-5.8 Socio-economic Environment
The study area is in Zagadiya Taluka of Bharuch District. There are total 82 villages in
study area. The study area is essentially urban in nature. The socio economics of study
area is studied through primary and secondary survey. The socio-economic aspects of
the study area are summarized in the table given below.
Table ES-6: Summary of Socio-Economic Aspects

Demographic Parameters Details
No. of States 1
No. of District 2
No. of Tehsil 3
No. of Villages 82
Total Area of surveyed village (ha) 39756.13
Total No. of Households 23,362
Total Population 1,08,257
2
Density of Population (per km ) 272
Sex Ratio (No. of female\ 1000 males) 954
Child Population 12,294 (11.36%)
Scheduled Castes 3,523 (3.25%)
Scheduled Tribes 59,628 (55.08%)
Literacy 71,806 (66.33%)

Male (Literacy) 40,369 (37.29%)
Female( Literacy) 31,437 (29.04%)
Source: Primary Census Abstract & DCHB 2011, Bharuch &Vadodara District, State
Gujarat
The findings of primary field studies with respect to overall resources & Quality of Life is
summarized below:
Education Facilities: In the study area, education is available from Primary School to
Senior Secondary School. Higher education facilities along with Colleges and
other diploma courses are available at Bharuch and are 23 km away from the
project site.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
(b) Medical Facilities: There are Twenty three (23) government healthcare facilities
available within the study area. However; Fifty Nine (59) villages in the study areas
were lacking in medical facilities. In the study area list of villages with Twenty
three (23) government health services available and Fifty Nine (59) villages
lacking medical facilities Table 3.23 is given in. Hospitals and other better
medical facilities were available at Bharuch.
(c) Drinking Water: The main water supply in the surveyed villages is through well,
tap water, hand pump, and tube well is the main sources of drinking water in the
region. But after the surveys it was noticed that the people in the area faced
problems with water during summer.
(d) Power Supply: All villages are availing electricity facility for all purpose. Load
shedding was a common problem being faced by the villagers. The solar system
was also available in some surveyed villages.
(e) Transportation: For transportation purpose Government bus and Auto Service
are available in the study area. Transportation facilities were not frequently
available in the region. Private vehicles like Bicycles and Motor Cycles were
mostly used by villagers for transportation purpose.
(f) Communication Facilities: For communication purpose mainly Sub Post Office,
Telephone, Mobile phones and newspaper are available in most of the villages.
(g) Agriculture: Most of the respondents are engaged in labor work, agriculture, and
livestock activities. Farming is the main occupation; a few respondents service in
government sectors. Most of the respondents are labors and others are trying to
migrate towards other city places.
(h) Houses: Most of the houses are pakka and Semi pakka with good construction in
the study area.
(i) Employment: Main occupations of the people in the study area are agriculture
and labor work. As directed by the Gujarat, Office of the Labour Commissioner,
the revised minimum rates of wages in the six schedules of Employment covered
under Minimum Wages Act, 1948- The Minimum Wages rule 1961 in the Gujarat
are as follows: Unskilled – Rs 316/day; Semi-Skilled/ Unskilled Supervisory – Rs
324/day; Skilled/Clerical – Rs 333/day;
(j) Fuel: The primary source of cooking fuel is LPG and wood. Kerosene is also been
as per the requirement.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
(k) Main Crops: The principal crops grown in agricultural farm are Cotton, Tur,
Sorghum, Sugarcane, Wheat, Banana, Pigeon Pea, Sesame, Castor, Rice, Wheat
Pulses, etc. Average crop productivity of Cotton is 10-12 quintal per acre.
(l) Language: The most widely spoken language within the study area is Gujarati
and Hindi.
(m) Migration: During survey it was found that local population were migrating
maximum towards the Bhavnagar as a purpose of employment and some to
other states.
(n) Sanitation: Systems of individual and combined septic tanks are in use at some
places of this Study area. Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required
in a house. Most of the households were having toilet facilities in their houses.
most of the villages did not have drainage line facility. Some of the houses in the
villages did not have toilet facility and people go out in the open to defecate.
Results in lot of inconvenience to the female members, as well as these results in
health related diseases. The overall condition of cleanliness is not satisfactory in
the villages of study area.
(o) Road Connectivity: Most of the roads are tar and connects to the villages. Both
tar and gravel roads were commonly seen in the villages.
(p) Market Facility: Study area is predominantly rural type. In villages, small shops
are available for daily needs. Bharuch is major hub for all type of facilities in the
area.
(q) Recreation: Temples, Samajbhawan, Television and Radio are the main recreation
facilities in the study area. Newspaper/Magazine is also used by the villagers.
The average QoL index value for the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to
satisfactory status like, educational facilities, also availability of basic needs viz., food,
clothing & housing. Medical, Sanitation, Communication and Bank facilities were not
adequate in the study area; Improvement in these fields will help to increase quality of
life of the study area.
ES-6 Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures
The impact predicted and suggested mitigation measures are tabulated in below table
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Table ES-7: Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Proposed
Sr. Environmenta
Aspect Attributes Anticipated Impacts Mitigation
No l Parameters
Measures
Construction Phase
The estimated generation
would be around 3.84
Proper loading and
tons/month of the activity.
unloading of the
Exposure of construction
materials to ensure
workers to such dusts may
minimum dust.
Dust during handling lead to short term
Managing &
of respiratory problems,
covering the
Air Quality cement/concrete/ston whereas, prolonged &
stockpiles. Regular
e aggregates & other continuous exposure may
1. sprinkling of water
construction materials. lead to malfunctioning of
on the working site,
lungs.
Installing wind
The anticipated
barriers around
construction period will
working site & all
be 8 months after grant of
around the plot
all Environmental
boundary for
Clearance, Consent To
containing the dust.
Establish & all other
Statutory Permissions.
It is anticipated that the
Noise generated from
cumulative noise levels by PPEs viz. Ear
construction
all construction Plugs/Muffs will be
machineries like
machineries, equipments provided to workers,
Poclain, Lift Crane,
& activities at Construction
Jack Hammer Drill,
propagating at plant activities will be
Digger, Compactor,
boundary will be in the limited from 9.00
Roller etc. & by use of
2. Noise Levels range of 40.03 dBA to AM to 5.00 PM,
construction
45.04 dBA & propagating Installation of noise
equipments like Jack
intensity of noise at barriers around
Hammer, Cutter, Drill
distance of 100 m from project plot will
Concrete vibrator etc.
plot will be 34.19 dBA, further minimize the
and by arrival &
thus significant impacts intensity of
depart of transport
outside plant premises are propagating noise.
vehicles.
not anticipated.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Proposed
Sr. Environmenta
No l Parameters
Measures
Provision of mobile
sanitation facilities
for construction
Surface runoff If such runoff water & workers should be
generated Water used sanitation waste water made & the same
for construction finds way to surrounding should be
activities mainly for soils & water body, may periodically cleaned
3. Water Quality concrete mixing, lead to contamination of by night soil tankers
sprinkling etc. surrounding soils & Proper
Sanitation wastewater increased turbidity & channelization of
by construction contamination in water surface runoff water
workers. body. to existing city/local
administration
drainage system to
be ensured
Excavated/ dug
Proposed project soil/earth will be
being a green field stored appropriately
project demolition in dedicated space
waste will not occur within project plot &
however inert will be used for
Haphazard handling of
construction wastes green belt
such wastes may lead to
such as: Cardboards, development
advent of Rodents,
Wooden Boxes, activity along with
Reptiles within project
Construction & Wooden planks, Metal mix of new soil.
plot, thereby causing
Demolition rods, HDPE bags,
4. dangers to workers
Wastes Felled Concrete, Inert construction
working on site.
Management Stones, Aggregates & wastes viz.
debris will are Cardboards,
Disposal of such wastes
anticipated to be Wooden Boxes,
on land will lead to
generated. Wooden planks,
degradation of soils.
Metal rods, HDPE
Excavated/Dug bags will be stored
soil/earth will be in dedicated space
generated during site & sold to recyclers.
preparation activities.
Felled Concrete,
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Proposed
Sr. Environmenta
No l Parameters
Measures
Stones, Aggregates
& debris will be
used as filling
material for internal
roads in consonance
with Construction &
Demolition Wastes
Management Rules
2016.
Operational Phase
The anticipated maximum 1. Contineous dust
concentration of suppression system
particulate matters from will be implemented
operational acivity will be to avoid particulate
2.8µg/m3, which are likely emission
to be carried in downwind
direction. 2. D.G will be
provided with a
Anticipated health effects: stack of 6.4 m above
People in downwind roof as per CPCB
Fugitive emissions localities if prone to guidelines for
from material continuous & prolonged proper dispersion of
transport vehicles, emissions may be emissions.
Air Quality
1. from storage of raw susceptible to adverse
materials and health impacts related to 3. The roads within
products respiratory & pulmonary the premises will be
& DG set operation due to particulate matter. paved to avoid the
dust generation
Environmental effects: from vehicular
activity.
The air emissions in long
course of time may affect 4. It will be ensured
the immediate that all the
surrounding vegetation transportation
stature physically (leaf vehicles have a valid
senescence, hampered PUC (Pollution
growth etc.) & biologically under Control)
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Proposed
Sr. Environmenta
No l Parameters
Measures
thus may affect the overall Certificate.
surrounding ecology.
5. Regular sweeping
of all the roads &
floors will be done
to avoid fugitive
dust.
6. The proposed
thick green belt of
10 m width along
the plant periphery
will help to capture
the fugitive
emissions.
7. Industry to ensure
that at no point of
time the air
emission
concentrations
exceed the
prescribed
CPCB/Consented
standards.
It is anticipated that the 1. Acoustic
cumulative noise levels by enclosures will be
all machineries, provided to high
equipments & operation noise generating
Operation of activities at propagating equipments for
machineries, DG set & at plant boundary will be attenuation of noise
2. Noise Quality
material transport in the range of 24.71 dBA level during
vehicles. to 29.66 dBA. operation.
Impacts of exposure to 2. PPE‟s viz. Ear

continuous & prolonged muffs/plugs will be
noise would be provided to workers
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Proposed
Sr. Environmenta
No l Parameters
Measures
Temporary/Permanent working near noise
hearing loss, generating
Mental disturbances equipments.
Increase in heart rate
Reduced workers 3. The proposed
performance due to thick green belt
psychiatric disorder along the plant
and Tinnitus in case of periphery will help
high level of noise to further minimise
exposure on regular basis. the intensity of
propagating noise
The intensity of out of plant
propagating noise at a premises.
distance of 100 m from
plot boundary will be
18.14 dBA, thus significant
impacts outside plant
premises are not
anticipated.
The anticipated treated
effluent characteristics
area: pH - 7.5 to 8.0, TSS
< 100 mg/lit., BOD < 100
mg/lit., COD < 250 mg/lit., Since there will not
TDS < 2100 mg/lit. and be any generation
Oil & Grease < 10 mg/lit. of waste water from
process itself. Septic
Accidental/Deliberate tank followed by
3. Water Quality 3. Domestic
release of treated/un- soakpits will be
wastewater
treated effluents in provided to achive
surface water bodies may ZLD condition.
lead to contamination/
eutrophication of the
subjected water bodies
and in of case land may
lead to complete
degradation of subjected
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Proposed
Sr. Environmenta
No l Parameters
Measures
land affecting, also may
contaminate the ground
water by way of
percolation.
Such affected soils,

Surface water & ground
water sources cannot be
used for any purpose &
depending terrestrial &
aquatic ecology will be
completely affected.
Unscientific handling &
disposal may lead to
contamination of
Hazardous waste surrounding soils, water
Solid Waste Recyclable Spent oil
generated from DG sources & there by
Management - as hazardous wastes
4. maintenance affecting the ecology &
Hazardous will be sold to
operations. health of the workers
Waste Authorized vendors.
coming in direct contact
with the hazardous waste
like skin
allergies/rashes/burns etc.
1. Designated area
for Scrap materials
(Metal, Plastic,
Haphazard handling & Wooden Pallets, and
storage may lead to Office Waste)
Solid Waste
1. Scrap Metal inadequate open space in storage will be
Management
2. Scrap Plastic plant premises & it may provided in the
5 (Non
3. Office Waste lead to rodent breeding plant.
Hazardous
thereby affecting the
Inert Waste)
occupational health & 2. Scrap materials
environment. will be recycled
through scrap
vendors.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Proposed
Sr. Environmenta
No l Parameters
Measures
3. Daily
housekeeping waste
and canteen waste
will be disposed
through vermin
composting facility
(off-site).
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Table ES-8: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures Biotic Environment Construction Phase
Effect/Impact on any
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Sr. Project Vulnerable, Threatened,
Magnitude Aspect Details Anticipated Impacts Mitigation
No. Activity Endangered & Schedule
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
The 28 species of
scrub flora present in
Proposed project plot are
project site is herbaceous & shrubby The top soil
devoid of trees, annuals which which contains
Project plot is
thus free of generally grow in propagule‟s/see
devoid of any
The site nests. open spaces with the ds of such scrub
Endemic,
Site preparation onset of monsoon & flora should be
Rare,
preparation/ activities will However, 28 are commonest for the stored & used
1 Habitat loss No Vulnerable,
Ground clearing be done in 19, species of region in for green belt
Threatened,
activities 355.77 sq. m. ground consideration with a development
Endangered
area dwelling very wide range of activity which
& Schedule I
herbaceous & presence & may help in
species
shrubby scrub abundance in the regeneration of
flora in project entire Bharuch District, such scrub flora
plot will be lost none species are
endemic and does not
belonged to any
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
categories of concern
as per IUCN
assessment.
No significant adverse
impact is envisaged
form loss of project
plot scrub flora
The The generated noise & Project plot is 1) As a
propagating vibrations will render devoid of any precautionary
Noise & noise level at the habitat in Endemic, measure
Vibrations the boundary of immediate vicinity of Rare, construction
Construction
generated project plot will project plot (small Vulnerable, activities to be
activities will
Construction from be 45.04 dBA & mound abutting Threatened, carried out only
2 be done in No
activities construction at a distance of southeast of project Endangered between 9 AM
3,459.97 sq.
machineries 100 m from plot) unfavorable for & Schedule I to 5 PM,
m.
& project plot will birds & other fauna, species and avoiding the
equipments be 34.19 dBA & thereby leading to the 1 early morning &
vibrations will locale level migration, Vulnerable & late evening
be generated however since such an 1 Near hours.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
due to effect will cease with Threatened 2) Before start of
construction the cease of plant species construction
activity construction activities observed in activities it
this impact will be study area are should be
temporal in nature also not likely ensured that
to be properly
affected. maintained
machineries &
equipments to
be used.
3) Provision of
site barricades
should be made
to minimize the
intensity of
propagating
noise
Construction Construction Disposal/Du Left over/fallen Haphazard Though 1) The left
3 Yes
activities activities will mping of construction management/disposal Project plot is over/fallen
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
be done in Constructio materials viz. of these construction devoid of any construction
3,459.97 sq. n wastes concrete/ wastes anywhere in Endemic, wastes should
m. cement mix, study area will lead to Rare, be used as filling
sand, stones land degradation Vulnerable, material for
etc. & thereby resulting in Threatened, internal roads
construction habitat loss Endangered
material wastes & Schedule I
viz. cardboards, species, study
wooden flanks, area has
boxes, iron presence of 1
rods, containers Near
etc. Threatened
species viz.
Aegle
marmelos & 1
Vulnerable
species viz.
Saraca asoca
hence
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
haphazard
disposal/dum
ping of such
wastes may
affect
Threatened &
Vulnerable
species
1) The construction Project plot is 1) Provision of
Polluted surface runoff may devoid of any mobile
The water Runoff water
water due increase suspended Endemic, sanitation
required for generated from
to surface solids, turbidity levels, Rare, facilities for
construction use in various
runoff & dissolved solids & Vulnerable, construction
Construction activities & construction
4 domestic thereby adversely No Threatened, workers should
activities domestic activities &
waste water, affecting the aquatic and be made & the
activities will sprinkling and
may affect ecology of receiving Endangered same should be
be 0.9 & 2 m3 Domestic waste
the aquatic water bodies. & Schedule I periodically
respectively water
ecology if species and cleaned by night
finds way to The nearest surface the 1 soil tankers
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
surface water body to project Vulnerable &
water plot is a steam at 22.6 1 Near 2) Proper
bodies m which eventually Threatened channelization
joins Bhundra Khadi plant species of surface runoff
observed in water to existing
study area are city/local
also not likely administration
to be drainage system
affected. to be ensured
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Table ES-9: Anticiapted Impacts and Mitigation Measures Biotic Environment Operation Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
No. Activity Endangered & Schedule I
Measures
Species
Yes/No Details
It is
estimated 1) The process water
that 96.84 increase suspended
KLD will be solids, turbidity
process levels, dissolved
It should be
losses & solids & thereby The 1 Vulnerable
ensured that in
300.52 KLD adversely affecting & 1 Near
whatsoever
will be the aquatic ecology Threatened
The process water manner the
Process water recycled of receiving water plant species
1 Process requirement will be No study area
generation within bodies. observed in
540.32 KLD should not be
process study area are
subjected to
and will be The nearest surface not likely to be
release of
used for143 water body to project affected.
process water.
KLD dust plot is a steam at
suppression 22.6 m which
measures, eventually joins
thereby Bhundra Khadi.
making the
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
Species
Yes/No Details
proposed
project a
ZLD project
The The generated noise 1) As a
propagating & vibrations will precautionary
noise level render the habitat in measure it
at the immediate vicinity of should be
boundary of project plot (small The 1 Vulnerable ensured that
Noise &
project plot mound abutting & 1 Near properly
Vibrations
will be 29.66 southeast of project Threatened maintained
The anticipated generated
dBA & at a plot) unfavorable for plant species machineries &
2 Operations production quantity from No
distance of birds & other fauna, observed in equipments are
is 4,70,588 MT/A construction
100 m from thereby leading to study area are used.
machineries &
project plot locale level not likely to be 2) Development
equipments
will be 18.14 migration, however affected. of think green
dBA & since such an effect belt along plant
vibrations will cease with the boundary will
will be cease of construction help to
generated activities this minimize the
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
Species
Yes/No Details
due to impact will be intensity of
overall temporal in nature. propagating
operations. noise.
1) It should be
Dumping of
ensured that
hazardous wastes
hazardous
anywhere in study
wastes are only
area may lead to
Dumping may sent to
degradation of
It is estimated that lead to habitat CHWTSDF for
adversely Soils
0.060 MT/A - thereby having management or
Management thereby leading to
Hazardous Used/Spent Oil & potentiality to sold to
3 of hazardous -- habitat loss, further Yes
waste 0.60 MT/A - Used affect the 1 authorized
wastes the leachate
containers/barrels Vulnerable & 1 recyclers and
generated due to
will be generated Near Threatened handling &
dumping may
plant species. management of
adversely affect the
hazardous
Ground & Surface
wastes should
water by percolation
be done in
& runoff.
compliance with
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
Species
Yes/No Details
Hazardous
Waste
Management
Rules, 2016.
The wind blow dust The prominent
likely to be carried downwind
away in downwind direction from
direction will project plot is
It is eventually settle on SW & the 1
1) To
estimated vegetation & which Vulnerable & 1
capture/settle
The anticipated that dust in long course of Near Threatened
Dust the dust at the
4 Process production quantity will be duration will induce No plant species
generation source itself
is 4,70,588 MT/A generated leaf pigmentation, were recorded
water sprinkling
during necrosis, reduced near Ratanpore
should be done.
process photosynthesis & Reserve Forest
physiological area which is S
activities thereby direction, hence
severely affecting the the same are not
associated overall likely to be
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
Species
Yes/No Details
ecology. affected.
ES-7 CER Activity
Estimated cost of proposed project is 9.04 Crore & CER activities will be implemented to address the concerns raised during the
Public Consultation (Public Hearing) process as per MoEF&CC Office Memorandum vide F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 30th
September, 2020. The Public Consultation should conduct for the proposed project; hence, CER plan will be formulated post Public
Consultation process.
ES -8 Post Project Monitoring Plan
Monitoring of environmental parameters will be done as per the guidelines provide by MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB. The standard/
approved/recommended methods by MoEF&CC/CPCB will followed. The Table ES-11 explains the approach for environmental
monitoring program.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Table ES-11: Post Project Monitoring Parameters & Frequency

Monitoring Methods and Executing
SN Aspect Source of Impact Frequency Monitoring Agency
Parameters Agency
1.0 Construction Phase
Contractor‟s report
Local Manpower Construction
1.1 No. of people working on the Daily Contractor PP
Absorption Works
project
Transportation of
Survey & observations; Levels SPCB/Recognized
1.2 Air Quality construction Weekly PP
of SPM, RSPM, SO2 and NOx Env. Agency
materials
Dust, Noise, Influx
1.3 Public Health Regular medical checkups Monthly Contractor PP
of Labours
2.0 Operation Phase
Surface Ground
Water Quality & water quality Surveys, sample collection & SPCB/Recognized
2.1 Quarterly PP
Quantity within the Project field measurement Env. Agency
Area
Quality of effluent Daily (Internal);
ETP Sample collection & SPCB/Recognized
2.2 Effluent Quality discharged and Monthly (Third PP
quality analysis Env. Agency
reused Party)
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Ambient –
Air quality monitoring at 2-3
Monthly (24
Emission from locations within (SPM, RSPM, SPCB/Recognized
2.3 Air Quality hourly); PP
utility and process SO2,NOx, CO, HC) as well as Env. Agency
Stack – Monthly
stack monitoring
(Third Party)
Noise levels Ambient Equivalent Sound Monthly (Third

compliance with Pressure Levels (Leq) at day Party); SPCB/Recognized
2.4 Noise Levels PP
respect to and night time at 4 to 6 Fortnightly Env. Agency
industrial stds. locations (Internal)
Flora & Fauna : Flora & Fauna

Overall project within study area at 5 locations Recognized Env.
Yearly PP
activity monitored during baseline Agency
Biological
2.5 studies
Environment
Overall project Green Belt: Survival rate of Recognized Env.

Quarterly PP
activity plants Agency
Solid Waste Tracking of waste collection, SPCB/Recognized

2.6 Disposal of waste Fortnightly PP
Management segregation and disposal Env. Agency
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Hazardous wastes
Tracking of hazardous waste
as required by SPCB/Recognized
collection, segregation, Fortnightly PP
hazardous waste Env. Agency
Hazardous Waste storage and disposal
2.7 authorization
Management
Generation of
SPCB/Recognized
waste oils and Maintain Records Daily PP
Env. Agency
their treatment
PP: Project Proponent, SPCB: State Pollution Control Board
CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT
ES-9 EMP Cost & Budgetary Allocation
The proposed capital investment of the company is envisaged to be about 9.04 Cr. and
the capital investment for Environmental Pollution Control Measures will be around
45.10 Lakh & recurring per ammun cost will be 14.10 Lakh. The cost details for
Environmental Management are as under in Table ES-12.
Table ES-12: EMP Budget & Budgetary Allocation

Cap. Cost Rec. Cost
SN Component Particulars (INR, in (INR, in
lakhs) lakhs/year)
Pavement of Internal Roads, Provision of

water sprinklers to avoid dust emission
1 Air from Site, Material handling & 25.0 2.5
Construction of site barricades of 3 meter
height
Septic tank followed by soakpit for

2 Water 2.0 0.20
domestic sewage
PPEs for workers, enclosures to all noise

3 Noise 5.0 1.0
generating equipment's
Quarterly Environment Monitoring (Per
year)
Environment
Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
4 Monitoring & - 2.0
Monitoring NOx, CO
Management
Work Place Noise
Noise
Monitoring
Glares, Breathing Masks, Gloves, Boots,
Occupational Helmets, Ear Plugs etc. & annual health-
5 2.0 1.0
Health medical checkup of workers, Occupational
Health (training, OHC center)
Green belt development activity 9.10 --
6 Green Belt Estimated annual expenditure for
-- 2.40
maintenance of green belt
Solid Waste
7 Silt trap will be constructed 2 5
Management
Environment
Provision of Environment Monitoring &
8 Management -- 12.0
Management Department
Cell
Total Cost (INR , Lakhs) 45.1 26.1
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of the Report
M/s Precise Conchem Private Limited (PCPL) proposes beneficiation plant of Silica
Sand with throughput capacity of 4,00,000 TPA (0.4 million TPA). The proposed project
will spread over the total plot area ~ 19,355.77 m2 (~1.935 Ha).
As per Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006,
and its further amendments, the proposed project falls under 'Category B1' with activity
number 2(a). Accordingly, Aadhi Boomi Mining and Enviro Tech Pvt Ltd, Salem, Tamil
Nadu has been assigned to undertake an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study
and preparation of Environment Management Plan (EMP) for various environmental
components arising out of the proposed project.
The application for obtaining Terms of References for carrying out EIA studies
submitted at SEAC/SEIAA, Gujarat. The project was considered in the 152th meeting of
State Expert Appraisal Committee held on 15th February, 2021, wherein ToR was
recommended by SEAC and then by SEIAA during its 550th meeting dated 25th April,
2021. As per the recommendation, PP was accorded ToR to the project vide File No.
SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/2(b)/690/2021 dated 28th May 2021. The ToR letter is given as
Annexure I of EIA report.
This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared to provide
information on the potential negative and positive environmental, social and economic
impacts of the project. It also aims to make recommendations for mitigation of the
potential negative impacts and enhancement of the positive ones. Baseline studies
along with field surveys were conducted and potential environmental impacts of the
project activities were identified, assessed and documented in this report.
1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent
1.2.1 Project Proponent
PCPL - a Mumbai-based ISO certified company - began its journey in 2005 to offer
quality solutions for challenges faced by the building construction industries;
predominantly cracks, de-bonding of plasters and water leakages & seepages.
With changes in government and administrative policies, the company started

developing its products by adopting latest innovative techniques to meet the demands
of the future, in the building construction industry.
Prepared by M/s Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech (P) Ltd, Salem, Tamil Nadu Page 1
At Gujarat, in 2010, the company initiated its production based on the advanced
Polymerized Drymix Mortar Technology adopted in European countries. The company
started manufacturing high quality Polymerized Drymix Mortars and Plasters, with its
Flagship brands „SILICOplast‟ and SILICOfix‟ respectively.
Backed with innovative ideas and expertise for over a decade, the company is now on
the verge of introducing Polymer Modified RCC Repair Mortars, Micro Concrete, Tile
fixing Mortar, Flooring, Screed etc in the near future.
1.2.2 Identification of Project
The project is being promoted with view to serve Indian glass and ceramic industries in
particular and chemicals, paints and refractory industry in general, with supply of high
grade processed silica sand.
Silica sand is the main raw material for glass industry and one of the major raw
materials for ceramic, chemicals, paints and refractory industry. Silica sand in its original
form contains impurities like clay, iron, small quantities of lime etc. Particularly for glass
industries, silica purity must not be less than 99.0%. However, for specialty glasses Silica
purity is required to be as high as 99.8%. Similarly for rest of industries using Silica Sand
as one of the Raw materials, presence of clay, calcium and iron is most detrimental for
usage. Of these Iron content is the most un-desirable element for glass and ceramic
industry. Any quantity above 0.1% makes the raw material unusable.
PCPL identified Several Silica Sand Sites in Gujarat and shortlisted Khadoli area of
Zagadiya Tehsil, Bharuch District as a potential Site to Setup Silica Sand Washing Plant
for Foundry Requirements for the State of Gujarat. PCPL will purchase silica sand from
GMDC mines located at Rajapardi which is around 5 km from the proposed project site.
PCPL project will help in Development of Foundries and Glass industries in and around
the Gujarat area. The Sand purchased from GMDC is already prewashed and latter
scrubbed and Size Grading is done as per PCPL Spec Requirement.
1.3 Brief description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project
1.3.1 Nature of the Project
The main objectives of sand beneficiation are concerned with the industrial uses, where
sand is required in pure form and its size is graded to exact specifications. Sand, though
abundant, is seldom in pure form. It is contaminated with clays (silicates), metal oxides
and various other minerals. Further it is not available in grain size as required.
PCPL proposes beneficiation plant of Silica Sand with throughput capacity of 4,00,000
TPA (0.4 million TPA).
1.3.2 Size of the Project
The proposed project will be spread over the total plot area ~ 19,355.77 m2 (~1.935Ha).
1.3.3 Location of the Project
The proposed project and its 10 km study area falls on Survey of India toposheet no.
46G/1, 46G/2, 46G/5 & 46G/6 near village Khadoli. The settlement of Sakadiya Village
situated in the E direction at a distance of approx 630 m, nearest railway station is
Bharuch Railway Station, 22 km and nearest highway is SH 64: 80 m, N direction (apx.)
from the project site. The proposed project plot documents are given as Annexure II of
EIA report.
1.4 Scope of the study – Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried Out
EIA integrates the environmental concerns in the developmental activities so that it can
enable the integration of environmental concerns and mitigation measures in project
development. EIA can often prevent future liabilities or expensive alterations in project
design.
The core study area is considered to be the area within 5 km m radius, while for
studying the environmental sensitivity, buffer area within radius of 10 km is considered.
Secondary data for area within 10 km radius is collected from government agencies.
In order to get an idea about the existing state of the environment, various
environmental attributes such as meteorology, air quality, water quality, soil quality,
noise level, ecology and socio-economic environment are studied /monitored by an
accredited Functional Area Expert. Environmental baseline monitoring has been carried
out for the period of December 2020 to Febraury 2021 as per the Standard ToR by
MoEF&CC dtd April 2015 for Schedule 2(b) and prescribed SEIAA ToR (Refer Annexure
I).
The scope of the study broadly includes:
 Description of the project and associated works together with the requirements for
carrying out the proposed activity.
 Establishing the baseline environmental and social scenario of the projects and its
surroundings.
 Identification and description of the elements of the community and environment

likely to get affected by the project.
 Identification, prediction and evaluation of environmental and social impacts during
the construction and operation phase of the project.
 Studying the existing traffic load, prediction of the increment in traffic due the
project and to suggesting the management plan for the same.
 Conservation of resources.
 Designing and specifying the monitoring and audit requirements necessary to
ensure the implementation and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures
adopted. Evaluation of proposed pollution control measures and delineate
environmental management plan (EMP) outlining additional control measures to be
adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts. Delineation of post-project
environmental quality monitoring program to be pursued by the lease holders
within the Cluster.
1.4.1 Applicable Environmental Regulations
With respect to prevention and control of environmental pollution, the following Acts
and Rules of Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of India govern the
proposed an expansion Project:
 EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 as amended

 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 as amended in 1988
 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 as amended in 1987
 Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 amended in 1991 and Environment (Protection)
rules, 1986 and amendments thereafter
 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 as amended
 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016
 Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016
 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules,
2016
 E-waste Rules, 2016
 Plastic Waste Management Rule 2016.
1.4.2 Terms of References (TOR) and their Compliances
The EIA Report has been prepared in line with Standard ToR published by MoEF&CC,
GoI in April, 2015 and prescribed Terms of Reference (TOR) awarded by SEIAA. The
project specific ToR Letter & Standard ToR is as Annexure I. The collection of
environmental baseline data was carried out for the period of December 2020 to
February 2021. The compliance of Standard ToR published by MoEF&CC, GoI in April,
2015 and prescribed Terms of Reference (TOR) awarded by SEIAA is given in page
no.xxi-xlix
CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Type of Project
The proposed activity of Silica Sand Beneficiation Plant is green feild project with
production capacity of 4,00,000 MT/Anuum. During the physical purification process of
silica sand, clay will be seprated/ obtained as waste material, to be used for manfacuring
of clay bricks within project premises. The clay brick manufacturing rate will be 70,588
MT/Annum.
As per Environmental Impact Notification, 2006; dated 14th Septeber 2006 and its
subsequent amendment; the proposed project activity is falling under Schedule 2(b) and
Category „B1‟ to be appraised by State Environmental Impact Aseessment Authority
(SEIAA) of Gujarat State.
Since the project is located outside notified industrial area, Public Hearing is applicable
and to be conducted as per rules.
2.2 Need for the Project
The main objectives of sand beneficiation are concerned with the industrial uses, where
sand is required in pure form and its size is graded to exact specifications. Sand, though
abundant, is seldom in pure form. It is contaminated with clays (silicates), metal oxides
and various other minerals. Further it is not available in grain size as required.
In India, there is no industry in the organized sector to process the sand with means of
sophisticated water washing equipment, leave aside chemically treated silica. Therefore,
the consumer industry has to rely on existing supplies which contain above impurities
and therefore the quality of end product leaves much to be desired.
There are rare instances of sand being washed particularly sheet glass industry for
removal of clay and other silt materials. The best quality of sand comes from the states
of Andhra Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and
Karnataka where some effort is made by the miners to wash the sand with water.
Elsewhere, the sand washing is done very rarely; therefore, entire bulk consumers are
dependent upon supplies from U.P.
As informed earlier that in India, there is no industry in the organized sector to process
the sand with means of sophisticated water washing equipment; hence there is
necessity of this project.
2.3 Location of the Project
The proposed project will be established on Plot no: 91A, 9lB, 92A, 928, 95A8, 94,
Khadoli Village of Zagadiya Tehsil, District Bharuch of Gujarat State. The project will be
spread over the total plot area ~ 19,355.77 m2 (~1.935Ha).
The geographical location of the project is as mentioned in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1: Geographical Location of the Project

SN Component Description
1 Latitude / Longitude 21°45'9.56"N, 73°12'25.22"E
2 Survey Nos. 91A, 91B, 92A, 92B, 95AB, 94
3 Village/ Tehsil/ District/ State Khadoli/ Jhagadia/ Bharuch/ Gujrat
4 Nearest Airport Vadodara Airport ~ 64 km (Aerial Distance)
The Location Map and the Google Image/Satelite image of the proposed project are as
shown in Figure 2.1 and Figure 2.3 respectively.
The project site is located outside notified industrial area, surrounded by agricultural
land at immediate vicinity of project boundary. There is no major industry is present
within 10 km radius from project site, except Sand mines, being operated by GMDC
(Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation), Rajpardi; which is also source of raw
material for propsed sand beneficiation plant.
The GMDC mines are present at road distance of 6.12 km from project site. The Google
earth/satellite image showing project site and GMDC Rajpardi unit is shown in Figure
2.5
The site layout showing 33% greenbelt, plot boundary and location of machineries is
shown in Figure 2.7.
Figure 2.1: Location and Accessibility Map of the Project Site
Figure 2.2: Corner Coordinates of Site Superimposed on Google Earth/Satellitery Image
Figure 2.3: Google Image of the 10 km around Project Site
Figure 2.4: Toposheet Map around the Project Site and 10 km Study Area
Figure 2.5: Google Earth/Satellite Image showing Road way between proposed project site and GMDC, Rajpardi unit
for transport of Raw Material
The site picture of proposed project is as below:
Figure 2.6: Photograph of Project Site
Figure 2.7: Proposed Site Layout
The details of envionental sensitivity are provided in Table 2.2.
Table 2.2: Details of Environmental Sensitivity within 15 km Radial Distance from

Project Site
Sr. Aerial distance (within 15 km)
Areas
No. Proposed project location boundary
Areas protected under international
conventions, national or local
Not present within 15 km radius from
1 legislation for their ecological,
project site
landscape, cultural or other related
value
1) Narmada River - 4.64 km in NW
Areas which are important or sensitive direction
for ecological reasons- Wetlands, 2) Tributary of Narmada River
2 watercourses or other water bodies, connecting to Bhundra Khadi is
coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, 22.60 m from project boundary.
forests 3) Ratanpur RF - 1.2 km in South
direction
Areas used by protected, important or Ratanpur Reserved Forest is present at
sensitive species of flora or fauna for distance of 1.2 km in South direction
3
breeding, nesting, foraging, resting,
over wintering, migration
1) Narmada River is present at
distance of 4.6 km in NW direction
Inland, coastal, marine or underground 2) Tributary of Narmada River
4
waters connecting to Bhundra Khadi is
present at 22.60 meters from
project boundary.
Gujarat and Maharastra Interstate
5 State, National boundaries
boundary – 61km - SE
Routes or facilities used by the public
6 for access to recreation or other Not Present
tourist, pilgrim areas
7 Defense installations No
Rajpardi town is present at distance of
8 Densely populated or built- up area
1.9 km from project site
9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made Rajpardi town is present at distance of
land uses ( hospitals, schools, places of 1.9 km from project site

worship, community facilities)
Areas containing important, high
Tributary of Narmada River connecting
quality or scarce resources
to Bhundra Khadi is present at 22.60
10 (ground water resources, surface
meters from project boundary.
resources, forestry, agricultural,
fisheries, tourism, minerals)
Areas already subjected to pollution or
environmental damage.( Those where
11 No
existing legal environmental standards
are exceeded)
Areas susceptible to natural hazard
which could cause the project to
The project falls under Zone III as per
present environmental problems.
12 IS 1893 (part I): 2002 classification.
(earthquakes, subsidence, landslides,
Hence, seismically it is a stable zone.
erosion, flooding or extreme or
adverse climatic conditions)
Company proposes to maintain the minimum distance of 500 meters from nearest
habitation, Notarized Undertaking regarding the same is given as Annexure III.
As per additional Terms of reference, Project site specific details such as distance of the
project site from the nearest (1) Village (2) Water Body: Creek / Nallah / Lake / Pond /
Reservoir / Canal (3) National Highway (4) State Highway (5) Railway line(6) Heritage site
(7) National Park / wild Life Sanctuary sensitive receptor are tabulated in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3: Site Specific Distances

Sr.
Areas Discription
No.
1 Nearest village/Habitation 0.54 km in West direction
2 Water Bodies
Narmada River is present at distance of
2(i) Creek
4.50 km in NW direction
Tributary of Narmada River connecting
2(ii) Nallah to Bhundra Khadi is present at 22.60
meters from project boundary.
Dholi Dam - 12.5 km in SE
2(iii) Lake/ Pond/Reservoir/Dam
Vaghpura lake – 4.82 km in SW
Jhagadia lake - 7.92 km – SW

Sultanpura lake – 7.56 km – SW
Malpor pond – 8.3 km - SW
2(iv) Canal 4.50 km - SE
NH48 : 15.64km in SW (Delhi to
3 National Highway
Chennai)
SH 64 (Ankaleshwar to Rajpipla) present a
4 State Highway
distance of 80m in North direction
Western Railway Line (Ankleshwar-
5 Railway Line Rajpipla Section) is present at 208m in
North direction from project site.
6 Heritage Site No any
7 National Park Not present within 15 km radius
Not present within 15 km radius.
8 Wildlife Sanctuary Shoolpaneshwar Wildlife Sanctuary –
27km -E
Ratanpur RF - 1.2 km in South
Sarsa RF – 3.06 km in East
Ratanpur RF – 1.2 km in South
9 Reserved Forest
Kariya RF – 8.46 km in SE
Rampur RF – 8.32 km in SE
Kadavali RF – 7.13 km in SE
2.4 Size or Magnitude of Operation
PCPL proposes beneficiation plant of Silica Sand with throughput capacity of 4,00,000
TPA (0.4 million TPA). The proposed project will be spread over the total plot area ~
19,355.77 m2 (~1.935Ha). The area statement of the proposed plot is as provided below
in Table 2.4.
Table 2.4: Area Statement

Sr.
Particulars Area in Sq. m. % of Total Plot Area
No.
Clay Fine Stock
1 & Processing 1,691.30 8.73
Yard
Raw Material
2 1,92.21 0.99
Stck Yard
Coarse Product
3 1,00.00 0.51
Storage
Finished
4 Prodcut 6,12.90 3.166
Storage
5 Open Area 10,371.96 53.58
6,387.40 33.00
6 Green Belt
*3,942.23 --
19,355.77 100.00
Note: Total project plot area = 23,298.00 Sq. m. whereas in
Total Plot
7 compliance to SEIAA ToR *Buffer Green Belt Zone around
Area
Plant Premises will be maintained, thus Efflective Plot Area =
19, 355.77 Sq. m. & Buffer Green Belt Zone = 3,942.23 Sq. m.
The proposed product profile is as provided in Table 2.5.
Table 2. 5: Proposed Product Details

SN Name of the Products Quantity (MT/A) End-use of the products
1 Silica Sand 4,00,000 glass making, foundry, hydraulic
fracturing, filtration, abrasives, fibre
2 Clay Bricks 70,588 construction
optic cable,
industry
etc.
Total 4,70,588 --
2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation
The proposed project activities are expected to complete construction within 12

months, after obtaining Environment Clearance from SEIAA-Gujarat and CTE from GPCB.
2.6 Technoogy & Process Description
The conceptual layout of the proposed beneficiation plant is as shown in Figure 2.8.
Beneficiation process consists of:
 Washing with water to make sand free of clay and separate the heavy mineral
oxides. It needs magnetic separation to make it free of ferric oxides and free Iron
 Size wise gradation of sand grains to get product that will have the desired
composition sand grain of pre-determined percentage of each size.
Silica Sand Beneficiation Process:
 Raw sand purchased from the GMDC Mine, Rajpardi & loaded to the plant
sitestorageyard of PCPL. Later on through hopper raw sand passes through
conveyor & then washed (Simple Water) in multiple stages and forward for
separator for separating different sizes.
 It is stock in different stockpile & ready to dispatch for the foundry grade.
Figure 2.8: Proposed Site Layout
Glass Grade Silica Sand:
Though silica sand is superior to quartz in glass making, the use of quartz increased due
to the depletion of good silica sand mines and increase in the transportation cost. But
silica sand is always superior, because it saves 5% to 7% in fuel cost in glass making and
comparatively lower temperatures required in the furnace life. Thus, if silica sand with
low iron content is available with reasonable transportation cost, the glass industry
would always prefer silica sand in the place of quartz.
Chemical Comparative Chart of our Chemical Analysis of Silica Sand & Quartz
Block Diagram of the Beneficiation Process
Figure 2.9: Process Flow Chart
Material & Process water Balance of the proposed unit is as follows.
Table 2.6: Material and Process Water Balance

Quantity Quantity
in Output in
Input in Process
S. No Tons/Hr from Tons/Hr Remarks
process Descrition
or Process or
KL/Hours KL/Hours
Waste Sand
78.43 Final 66.65
1 from GMDC --
Tons Product Tons
Mines
Coars 9.406
2 Fresh Water 12 KL Will be used in
Reject Tons
brick
Recycled Fine 2.356
3 407 KL manufactturing
Water Sand reject Tons
Washing For recycle in
Water 407 KL
and next batch
Separation Water
maintained
Water in
4.842 KL into products
product
to control wind
erosion
For Dust
Water 7.15 KL
suppression
Total 497.43 497.43
It shall be noted that, there will not be any generation of Wastewater and Hazardous
waste from process activities.
The details process flow chart including hourly water budget is given below
Figure 2.10: Hourly Material and Water Balance

2.7 Resource Requirements
2.7.1 Water Requirement
The domestic water requirement for the proposed project is as follows:
Table 2.7: Domestic Water Requirement Calculations

Particular Detail Criteria Quantity Unit
Employees 56 (No.) 50 Litres per head per day 2,800 Litres per day
Total 2.8 (Say 3) KLD
*Source NBC, 2016
The domestic sewage shall be disposed off via Septic Tank followed by Soak Pit.
The detailed water budget of the unit including Domestic, Process and other activities
are provided below:
The total water requirement is as shown in Table 2.8.
Table 2.8: Water Requirement Calculations
SN Particular Consumption Losses Effluent Recycle

Remark
In KLD In KLD In KLD In KLD
To Septic tank
1 Domestic 3.0 0.60 2.40 -- followed by
Soak pit
407 KL water will
be recycled back
550
into system, 143
(407 KLD
KLD will be
within same
646.84 (407 KLD recovered
2 Process 96.84 0.00 process +
Recycled water) through
143 KLD into
dewatering
Dust
system and it
Supression)
will be use in
dust suppression
Will be taken
Dust 143 (Recycled from recycled
3 143 0.00 --
Suppression Water) water from
process
4 Gardening 5.0 5.00 0.00 -- --
1st Cycle :
797.84 KLD
(Fresh water
Total requirement 245.44 2.40 550
from 2nd cycle
will be 247.84
KLD)
The total water requirement of the project will be 247.84 KLD. It will be ZLD unit.
During construction phase water requirement will be ~ 5 KLD and shall be sourced from
water tankers.
During operation phase, net fresh water requirement as shown in Table 2.8 is ~ 248
KLD and it shall be sourced from proposed borewell on-site.
2.7.1.1 Action Plan for ZLD
The total water requirement of project will be 691.32 KLD, of which 143 KLD & 5.0 KLD
water for dust suppression & green belt water activity will be eventually lost to
atmosphere, 3.0 KLD water will be required for Domestic purpose of which 2.4 KLD
sewage will be generated which will be subjected to septic tank followed by soak pit.
Now of the 540.32 KLD water required for process 96.84 KLD are anticpated process
losses & 442.48 KLD will be recycled back within process (300.48 KLD for resuse witin
process & 143 KLD dust supression), thus no release of waste water/effluent will occur
thereby making the entire project a ZLD activity.
2.7.2 Power Requirement
The total power requirement of the project will be 250 KW, the source of electricity will
be GSECL (Gujarat Electricity Board); however, during power failure scenario 1 Nos D.G.
set of 1000 kVA capacity will be utilised.
2.7.3 Man Power Requirement
The total manpower of approximately 56 personnel is envisaged during operation

phase. The man power required for proposed operation will be hired from nearby
villages.
2.7.4 Cost of the Project
Total cost of the project will be around 9.04 crores.
Table 2.9: Project Cost Break-up

SN Item Description Cost in ₹ (Crores)
1 Mechanical Equipment 4.0
2 Utilities 0.8
3 Electrical Auxiliary 1.4
4 Fabricated Items 0.8
5 Civil work 2.04
Total 9.04
2.8 Project description, including drawings showing project layout, components

of project etc. Schematic representations of the feasibility drawings which give
information important for EIA purpose
The project will be established on area of 19,355.77 sq.m. The layout showing different
location/componenets of the project and list of plant & machineries is provided in
Figure 2.11 & Table 2.10 respectively.
Raw Material
Storage Area
Parking Area
Sand Internal Roads

Beneficiation
Machineries
Brick
Manufacturing
Area
Product Storage
Area
Greenbelt Area
Figure 2.11: Components of Project
Table 2.10: List of Plant & Machineries

Equipment
Sr No Description Capacity/Size Qty
ID
1 FD-3 Belt Conveyor 500 mm X 10 M 1 Nos
3
2 DS-3 Slurry Pump 40 M /Hr 2 Nos
3 DS-4 Rake Classifier 25 MT/Hr 1 Nos
4 DS-5 Belt Conveyor 400 mm X 10 M 1 Nos
5 ATT-1 Attrition Scrubber- Twin 25 MT/Hr 1 Nos
6 ATT-2* Clay Separator Mechanism 25 MT/Hr 1 Nos
3
7 ATT-4 Slurry Pump 100 M /Hr 2 Nos`
8 CL-1 Hydro Cyclone 25 MT/Hr 1 Nos
9 CL-3 Const. head tank 5 M3 1 Nos
3
10 CLR-2 Slurry Pump 140 M /hr 2 Nos
11 CLR-5 Thickner Mechanism 2 MT/Hr 1 Nos
12 CLR-7 Water Pump 160 M3/Hr 2 Nos
700/1500 mm
13 DS-1* Partial immersed screen 1 Nos
dia
14 ATT-2 Embedded Parts PP `1 Set
Hydro Sizer with Splitter
15 CL-2 25 Mt/Hr 1 Nos
box
16 CLR-3 Degritter mechanism 3 MT/Hr 1 Nos
17 CLR-4 Raker 2 Mt/Hr 2 Nos
18 FD-1 Feed Hopper 4.5 M X 4.5 M 1 Nos
19 FD-2 Grizzly 4.5 M X 4.5 M 1 Nos
Partially Immersed Screen,
20 DS-1 2.0 M X 3.5 M 1 Nos
Tank
21 DS-2 Sump 1.0 M X 1.0 M 1 Nos
22 ATT-2 Clay Separator Tank 3 M Dia X 3 H 1 Nos
23 ATT-3 Sump 1.0 M X 1.0 M 1 Nos
24 CL-4 Silos 5.0 M X 3.0 M 6 Nos
25 CLR-1 Sump 2.0 M X 2.0 M 1 Nos
26 CLR-3 Degritter Tank 3.0M X 3.0 M 1 Nos
3.0 M Dia X 3 M
27 CLR-5 Thickner Tank 1 Nos
H
28 CLR-6 Sump 2.0 M X 2.0 M 1 Nos
30 UTL-1 O.H. Water Tank- 50 M3 2 Nos
Sintex/RCC
31 UTL-2 Borewell Pump 15 M3/Hr 2 Nos
32 UTL-3 Weigh Bridge 20 MT 1 Nos
33 UTL-4 D.G. Set 1000 kVA 1 Nos
2.9 Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to meet

environmental standards
On the basis of material balance & project scenario, impacts and mitigatin measures are
identidied and provided in chapter 4.
CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Introduction
This section outlines the prevailing baseline environmental conditions viz. air quality,
water (surface & ground) quality, soil quality, biotic environment, noise & vibrations
levels, land use land cover, geology, hydrogeology and socio-economic conditions and
physical aspects viz. topography, drainage pattern of 10 km radial distance (study area)
from the proposed project site. The baseline data is collected through primary field
studies and secondary source of information in line with the approved Terms of
Reference (ToR) provided by State Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC),Gujarat State,
MoEF&CC. This data collected through;
• Reconnaissance surveys and field visits;
• Primary field studies & surveys;
• Stakeholder consultations within study area and
• Review of literature on available secondary information.
3.2 Study Area
The study area is considered based on the approved ToR by State Expert Appraisal
Committee (SEAC), Gujarat State, and MoEF&CC., which comprises of 10 km radial area
from the proposed project site. Study area along with the project location is shown in
Figure 3.1.
3.3 Study Period
Baseline surveys/studies were conducted during winter season December 2020 –

February 2021 for collecting information on physicochemical, biological, socioeconomic
and physical environment from the study area.
3.4 Land Use Land Cover assessment of the Study Area

3.4.1 Satellite Data Acquisition & Processing
The land use - land cover map of the 10 km radial study area from the centre of project
site has been prepared using Resource SAT-2 (IRS-P6), sensor-LISS-4 having 5.8 m
spatial resolution. In order to assess the baseline information on existing land use
pattern, the following data covering approx. the proposed project site as well as the 10
km radius from the periphery of the project site i.e. 21°45'12.11"N to 21°45'6.28"N
latitude and 73°12'23.28"E to 73°12'25.88"E longitude are observed. The project is
located in Survey of India Toposheet No F43N1 while 10 km radius study area covers
four Toposheet Nos. as F43N1, F43N2, F43N5 and F43N6.
Figure 3.1: Google Earth Image Depicting 10 km radial Study Area
The digital image processing was performed on ERDAS Imagine 2014 and QGIS 2.2
software system on high-configured computer. This software package is a collection of
image processing functions necessary for pre-processing, rectification, band
combination, filtering, statistics, classification, etc. Apart from contrast stretching, there
are large numbers of image processing functions that can be performed on this station.
ArcGIS Map 10.1 is used for final layout presentation.
Table 3.1: Satellite Data Specification Used For Presents Study

Satellite/ Image Sensor Spatial Resolution
Resource SAT-2 (IRS-P6) LISS-4 5.8 m
The main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the study area
covering 10 km radius around the project site so that temporal changes due to
proposed project on the surroundings can be assessed in future.
3.4.2 Methodology
The land use pattern of the study area was studied by analysing the processed imagery,
field studies and available secondary data published in the District Primary Census
abstract of the year 2001 & 2011.
Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below:
 Acquisition of satellite data

 Preparation of base map from Survey of India topo sheets
 Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques
 Ground truth studies or field checks using GPS
 Finalization of the map
 Digitization using head up vectorisation method
 Topology construction in GIS
 Area calculation for statistics generation
 Masking
Four spectral bands provide high degree of measurability through band combination
including FCC generation, bands rationing, classification etc. These features of the IRS
data are particularity important for better comprehension and delineation of the land
use classes. Hence, LISS-4 data and IRS-P5 – Cartosat-I data having 2.5 m spatial
resolution having pan chromatic imagery has been used for land use mapping.
The satellite data from the compact disc is loaded on the hard disk and by studying
quick look (the sampled image of the appropriate area ;) the sub-scene of the study
area is extracted.
Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately, the
different land use classes at level II on the basis of the spectral responses, which involve
the following three steps:
 Acquisition of ground truth

 Calculation of the statistics of training area
 Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm
The training areas for classification were homogeneous, well spread throughout the
scene with bordering pixels excluded in processing. Several training sets have been used
through the scene for similar land use classes. After evaluating the statistical parameters
of training sets, the training areas were rectified by deleting no congruous training sets
and creating new ones.
3.4.3 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data
The False Color Composite (FCC) of LISS-4 satellite imagery having 5.8 m spatial
resolution satellite data at 1:50,000 scale was used for pre-field interpretation
work. Taking the help of topo sheets, geology, geo-morphology and by using
the image elements, the features were identified and delineated the boundaries
roughly. Each feature was identified on image by their image elements like tone,
texture, color, shape, size, pattern and association. A tentative legend in terms
of land cover and land use was formulated. The sample area for field check
is selected covering all the physiographic, land use/land cover feature
cum image characteristics. Figure 3.2 shows the FCC of 10 km radial study area of
LISS-4 Imagery. False Colour Composite (FCC): It is an artificially generated colour
image in which blue, green and red colours are assigned to the wavelength
regions to which they do not belong in nature. For example, in standard a False Colour
Composite blue is assigned to green radiations (0.5 to 0.6 μm), green is assigned to red
radiations (0.6 to 0.7 μm and red is assigned to near infrared radiartion (0.7 to 0.8 μm).
Figure 3.2: Landsat Image of Project site around 10 km radial Study Area
3.4.4 Land Use-Land Cover Scenario of 10 km Study Area
The major land use- land cover classes were demarcated in the study area following
Level I classification furthermore a level II classification also adopted as per the
requirement of MoEF& CC in which total 10 classifications has been classified in the
study area. A thematic map of 1:50,000 scale was generated incorporating these
classified categories considering the area of the project.
10 km study area had prevailed 2 major land use classes viz. Built-up Area & Agriculture
amongst whcih Agriculture land use viz. Farms, Plantations & Agriculture Fallow Land
was the dominant land ude with 10,130. 44 Ha., accounting to 31% of total area
followed by Built-up Area (Built-up Land, Industrial Area, Road & Railway) with 8967.33
Ha., accounting to 27% of total area.
The prevailing land cover forms in study area were Water body, Forests & Scrub wherein
Narmada River & its tributaries under water body encompassing 7268.31 Ha area
accounting to 22% of total area was the largest land cover form followed by Scrub land
& Forests in 4,412.00 Ha., & 1,820.00 Ha., accounting to 14% & 6% of total area
respectively.
The area & percentage wise land use – land cover details are given in Table 3.2 & map
of land use – land cover classes is given as Figure 3.3.
Table 3.2: Area & Percentage wise LULC details of 10 km Study Area
Percentage
Level – I Level – II Level –III Area (Ha.)
(%)
Land Use
Residential (Towns,
Built-up Land (Other Road &
Localities), Industriral & 3434.13 11.0
Railway)
Commercial area
1. Built-up Area
Road Concrete & Asphalt Roads 3766.75 12.0
Passenger & Freight Railway
Railway 1766.75 5.0
Line & Freight Railway Line
Farm Lands & Agricultural Farm lands & Agricultural
2. 8880.44 27.0
Agriculture Fallow Land Fallow Land
3. Plantations Orchards 1250.00 4.0
Land Cover
Narmada River & its
4. Water body River & Triburatries 7268.31 22.0
tributaries
Forests in Study Area &
Forests including Reserve
5. Forest Reserve Forests near 1820.00 6.0
Forest
Ratanpore
6. Scrub Scrub Dominated Land Open Scrub Land 4412.00 14.0
Total Area 32598.38 100.0
Figure 3.3: Land Use – Land Cover Map of 10 km Radial Study Area
Draft EIA Report for Proposed
Bharuch, Gujarat by M/s Precise C
CHAPTER 3:
3.5 Geology
The proposed project site admeasuring 19,355.77 sq. m. was largely a flat terrain with
predominantly gravely sandy texture soil reddish brown in color, similar to that of found
in surrounding uplands of baren wastelands. The geological aspects are associated with
larger land masses & terrains hence the geological aspects of Bharuch District are taken
into account as described below.
Geologically, Bharuch district mainly divided in two types of rocks. Alluvial formations
were seen in western side. In the eastern side, Basaltic rocks are seen.
Reference: 1) Publication: Chapter 2, Phycisal Features -

http://nwda.gov.in/upload/uploadfiles/files/10_Chapter-2_Physical_Features-F.pdf
3.6 Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conscervation
Since hydrology concners with the properties of ground water and especially its
movement in relation to land its often associated with the larger land masses thus the
hydorolgical & ground water scenario of the project region & the distrirct is taken into
account, as described below.
3.6.1 Ground Water Scenario

3.6.1.1 Occurance of Groundwater
The geology of the district with vast area affected by inherent/coastal salinity, presents a
complex hydrogeological pattern. The hard rocks, the semi-consolidated Cretaceous,
and Tertiary formations and unconsolidated alluvial deposits, all comprise multi –
aquifer systems thereby presenting unconfined as well as confined groundwater
conditions in the entire district. Tertiary formations, are inherently saline and contain
poor quality of groundwater. Groundwater occurs under unconfined conditions in the
limestone and sandstone aquifers of Bagh beds. Occurrence and movement of
groundwater is restricted mainly to the fractures and joints in the limestones and
sandstones. The discharge in dug wells varies from 30 to 50 m3/day. The bagh beds,
where overlain by Deccan Trap are likely to yield groundwater under confined
conditions.
The Deccan Trap have given rise to multi-layered stratified aquifers. Each individual flow
comprises two distinct units, namely the upper vesicular basalt and the lower massive
basalt. The massive basalt is hard and compact with primary porosity but the vesicular
basalts exhibit porosity. The movement of groundwater is therefore controlled by the
CHAPTER 3:
secondary porosity developed by the presence of fractures and joints. The

paleoweathering which is invariably observed at depth near the top of every flow, has
given rise to good aquifers at depth. The yield of the dug wells in Deccan traps, which
range in depth from 5 to 25m bgl, sustain pumping from 1/2 hour to 10 hour with
discharge varying from 200 to 1200 litre per minute (LPM) for drawdown of 4 to 7 m.
Bore well tapping deeper zones down to 150m below ground level(bgl), have yielded
100 to 600 LPM for a drawdown of 6 to 15m.
The sandstone are the main aquifers in the Tertiary formations but the limestone also
yield significant quantities of groundwater wherever karstic development have taken
place. Deep tube well tapping the Tertiary formations are capable of yielding 300 to
3000 LPM of water for meager drawdown of 1 to 7m. The alluvium formations in the
western most part of the area do not constitute potential aquifers on account of inferior
quality of water. The hydrogeological map of Bharuch District is given as Figure 3.4.
Figure 3.4: Hydrogeological Map of Bharuch District
CHAPTER 3:
3.6.1.2 Depth to Wate level
A perusal of the map for the period of May 2012 reveal that in the major part of the
district the depth to water level ranges 5 to 20 m bgl. Shallow water level i.e. less than 5
m bgl is observed mainly in the western and south western part of the district in the
most part of the Hansot and parts of Anklesvar, Jabbusar, Vagra taluka. In the eastern
part the district particularly in the Jhgadia taluka, water level less than 5 mbgl is
observed as shown in the map. Deep water level more than 20 m is observed in the
Amod, Bharuch and Jhagadia talukas in the eastern part of the district. The scenario of
premonsoon depth of water level 2012 of Bharuch District is given in Figure 3.5.
Figure 3.5: Premonsoon Depth to Water Level of Bharuch Distrct, 2012

During the year 2012 a over all rise in water levels was observed due to recharge from
monsoon rainfall of 707 mm during the year. An average rise of about 2 m was
observed over the premonsoon water levels in large part of the district. Rise to the tune
CHAPTER 3:
of more than 2 m is observed in pockets in eastern as well as western parts and

southern part of the district. Fall in water is also observed in certain pockets. The
scenario of postmonsoon depth of water level 2012 of Bharuch District is given in
Figure 3.6. The scenario of pre-post monsson ground water level fluctuation is given in
Figure 3.7.
Figure 3.6: Postmonsoon Depth to Water Level of Bharuch Distrct, 2012
CHAPTER 3:
Figure 3.7: Scenario Pre-Post Monsoon Ground Watel Level Fluctuation of Bharuch
Distrct, 2012
The taluka-wise dynamic ground water resources of the district have been estimated for
the year 2011. These ground water estimates for the phreatic aquifer in the district are
presented in the Table 3.3.
Table 3.3: Taluka wise Ground water Availibility, Utilization and Stage of
Development (2011)
Net Projected Ground Stage Category
Annual
annual demand water of of
Sr. Ground
Taluka ground for availabiliy develo Ground
No water
water domestic for the pment Water
Draft
availabilit and future i Develop
1 Amod yy4260.26 2727.50 industrial
236.00 irrigation
1478.76 n
64.02 me nt
Safe
2 Anklesw 6762.84 1711.80 use up
666.00 4899.04 %
25.31 Safe
3 Bharuch
ar 5379.29 2901.00 to389.00
2025 2372.29 53.93 Safe
4 Jhagdia 8031.60 5218.20 699.00 2630.40 64.97 Safe
5 Jambusa 1071.38 398.00 179.00 618.38 37.15 Safe
6 Hansot
r 4459.37 530.00 70.00 3907.37 11.89 Safe
7 Valia 7642.66 4638.40 530.00 2882.16 60.69 Safe
8 Vagra 1262.53 285.00 209.00 921.53 22.57 Safe
Total 38869.93 18409.9 2978.00 19709.93 47.36 Safe
0
Table 3.4: Taluka Wise Ground water Structure in Use

Shallow Deep
SI. Dug
Name of taluka Tube Tube Total
No. well
well well
1 Amod 1113 - 43 1156
2 Ankleswar 41 143 2 186
3 Bharuch 944 145 7 1096
4 Jhagdia 946 1353 148 2447
5 Jambusar 200 17 4 221
6 Hansot 169 - - 169
7 Valia 1469 1862 3 3334
8 Vagra 81 - - 81
Total 4963 3520 207 8690
- Data Not Available, Source - M I Census 2000-01
3.6.1.3 Status of Ground Water Development (Taluka wise)
The alluvial aquifers in the district are exploited with the help of dug wells, dug-
cumbored wells and tube wells for irrigation. The yield of wells in alluvial formation vary
from 400 to 700 litre per minute (lpm) for drawdowns varying from a few meters to as
much as 21 m. Groundwater development in Jhagadia taluka is highest (64.97%).
The wells in hard rocks generally have low to moderate recuperation. The development
of groundwater in Hansot taluka is low (11.89%) as the taluka is inherently saline in
large part.
3.6.1.4 Ground Water Management Strategy
All talukas in the district are categorised as safe in the GEC 2011 report and district as a
whole has 47.36% of development. Hence, there is further scope for development of the
ground water resources in the district. The irrigated area in the district forms about 8%
of the total cultivable area. The area irrigated by wells form about 99% of the total
irrigated area. This indicates that irrigation in the district depends on groundwater to
very great extent. The district is quite rich in surface water resources. The available
surface water in Narmada should be properly utilized after the completion of canal
networks.
The suitable recharge structures feasible in the district are Percolation tanks/ponds,
Recharge wells, Recharge shaft, Check dams, nalla bunds and gully plugs etc depending
on the terrain conditions.
In the desaturated phreatic aquifers with deep water levels, spreading channels,
recharge pits, recharge ponds etc wherever suitable to utilize surplus runoff and tail end
releases from the canals.
Various rainwater harvesting schemes depending on the suitable hydrogeological

conditions have been constructed in the district viz. Check dams, Recharge tube wells ,
deepening the of the village ponds etc and have shown good impact on the
groundwater scenario.
None of the talulkas has been notified either by Central Ground Water Authority
(CGWA) or by State Water Authority (SGWA).
Reference: 1) Publication: Technical Report Series - Ground Water Brochure, Bharuch

District, March 2014, Central Ground Water Board, West Central Region, Ahmedabad -
Govt. of India, Ministry of Water Resources Department,
http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Bharuch.pdf
3.6.2 Drainage Pattern
The prominent drainage in study area is reperensted by westerly Narmad River and its
several tribuateis of which prominent are Bhundra Khadi, Madhumati Nadi & Ratanpura
Nadi. The satellitery evaluation of study area revealed Dendritic to sub dendritic type of
drainage pattern is in study area dominated by topography & relief fatures. The details
of drainage features within study area are given in Table 3.5 & the drainage map of
study area is given as Figure 3.8.
Table 3.5: Details of Draingae Features of Study Area

Name of the Drainage Distance from Project Site Direction from Project
Feature (km) Site
Narmada River 4.64 NW
Bhundra Khadi 0.0226 E
Madhumati Nadi 2.83 NE
Ratanpura Nadi 3.8 WWS
3.7 Elevation Profile of Project Site & Study Area
Methodology
The contours in Toposheet have been digitized in the GIS environment and assigned the
respective elevation values in meters with reference to the mean sea level. Using the
SRTM (Shuttle Radar Topography Mission) data, the elevation values has been verified.
Thereafter final contour map has been prepared with combination of Toposheet and
SRTM with contour interval of 10 m.
Project site contours vary from 22m to 24m above MSL and the study area contours
vary from 10 m to 140 m above MSL. From the project site the flat range area was
observed towards South east direction and the lowest contours were observed in
Northwest direction. While the remaining areas showed variations with respect to
contours.
A Digital Elevation Model (DEM) is a digital representation of ground surface

topography or terrain. It is also widely known as a Digital Terrain Model (DTM). A DEM
can be represented as a raster (a grid of squares, also known as a height map when
representing elevation) or as a triangular irregular network. The proposed project
location is shown in that DEM map. For the relief study of the area very higher quality
SRTM (Shuttle Radar Topography Mission) and DEM downloaded. These DEMs of the
Terra represents elevation at a 30 m resolution. The Contour Map & DEM map of study
area given as Figure 3.9 & Figure 3.10 respectively.
Figure 3.8: Drainage Pattern of Study Area
Fig 3.9: Contour Map of Study Area
Figure 3.10: Digital Elevation Model Map of the Study Area
3.8 Soil Quality
3.8.1 Soil Monitoring Locations
The soil samples were collected from projet site & at seven (7) different locations within
10 km study area from the project site. The details of sampling locations are given in
Table 3.6 and the soil sampling locations map is given as Figure 3.11.
Table 3.6: Details of Soil Sampled Locations

Direction, Distance
Station Monitoring
Latitude Longitude from Project Site
Code Location
(km)
S1 Project Site 21°45'7.91"N 73°12'26.30"E --
Simdhara
S2 21°44'57.59"N 73°12'9.89"E 0.498, SW
Village
S3 Rajpardi 21°46'1.13"N 73°12'59.63"E 1.77, NNE
Sakadiya
S4 21°45'3.15"N 73°13'0.65"E 0.94, SEE
Village
GMDC Colony,
S5 21°45'35.23"N 73°13'28.07"E 1.90, NE
Rajput Falia
Ratanpur
S6 21°43'36.40"N 73°10'57.54"E 3.72, SW
Village
Sultanpura
S7 21°42'36.72"N 73° 9'5.31"E 7.34, SW
Village
Haripura
S8 21°46'55.42"N 73°16'0.31"E 6.91,NE
Vilalge
Figure 3.11: Soil Sampling Location
3.8.2 Soil Analysis Results
Table 3.7: Soil Analysis Results

Locations
Test Parameters Unit Method of Analysis
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
NTL/SOIL/SOP/02 Issue - 01:
pH(1:2.5 Soil: Water) - 7.36 7.45 7.51 7.40 7.33 7.34 7.25 7.63
2015
% by
Water Holding Capcity 27 29 24 26 23 28 32 36 STP/SOIL
Mass
Bulk Density kg/m3 1.25 1.36 1.30 1.27 1.24 1.31 1.34 1.29
2015
% by NTL/SOIL/SOP/012 Issue - 01:
Organic Matter 1.50 1.65 1.61 1.56 1.52 1.45 1.30 1.34
Mass 2015
Porosity % 1.38 1.25 1.31 1.35 1.33 1.36 1.41 1.30 STP/SOIL
Sodium as Na g/kg 0.34 0.41 0.38 0.39 0.33 0.31 0.28 0.24
2015
Potassium as K g/kg 0.21 0.25 0.31 0.27 0.24 0.22 0.25 0.20
2015
Calcium as Ca g/kg 0.42 0.44 0.40 0.39 0.38 0.45 0.43 0.41
2015
Magnesium as Mg NTL/SOIL/SOP/09 Issue - 01:

g/kg 0.40 0.48 0.45 0.42 0.41 0.44 0.46 0.49
(Exchangeable) 2015
Locations
Test Parameters Unit Method of Analysis
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
Soil Textuure
% by STP/SOIL
Clay 22 24 23 22 23 22 23 24
Mass
% by STP/SOIL
Silt 20 22 20 21 20 20 20 21
Mass
% by STP/SOIL
Sand 27 25 26 27 26 27 25 26
Mass
% by STP/SOIL
Gravel 31 29 31 30 31 31 32 29
Mass
Chlorides as (Cl) g/kg 0.65 0.56 0.61 0.51 0.59 0.73 0.70 0.69
2015
Water Soluble Sulphate g/kg 1.14 1.11 1.10 1.24 1.26 1.17 1.19 1.24
2015
Available Phosphorus g/kg 0.015 0.09 0.088 0.091 0.098 0.087 0.079 0.099 IS: 3025 (Part-31): 1985
Available Nitrogen as N g/kg 0.2 0.29 0.22 0.31 0.32 0.41 0.28 0.33 IS-3025 (Part-34): 1988
Iron as Fe g/kg 0.21 0.25 0.28 0.31 0.34 0.24 0.26 0.21 IS 3025 (Part-53): 2003
Zinc as Zn g/kg 0.32 0.39 0.36 0.29 0.31 0.26 0.24 0.29 IS 3025 (Part-49): 1994
SAR -- 0.20 0.24 0.25 0.21 0.26 0.17 0.19 0.21 STP/SOIL
3.8.3 Soil Analysis Results Findings
The soil samples were derived from 8 different locations viz. 7 within the study area & 1
in proposed project plot. Analysis results revealed that the pH values amongst all soil
samples were varying in range of 7.25 to 7.63; which indicated slightly alkaline to
moderately alkaline nature of soil samples. The organic matter content in soils was
varying between the range of 1.30 to 1.65 percent. The values of Nitrogen amongst all
locations varied between 0.2 to 0.41 g/kg. & maximum concentration of Nitrogen was
observed at location S6. Concentrations of Phosphorus were found to be in the range of
0.015 to 0.099 g/kg whereas highest concentration was observed at location S8, while
the lowest concentration was observed at location S1. Concentration of Potassium
amongst all locations was found to be ranging between 0.20 to 0.31 g/kg.
Concentrations of Magnesium, Iron & Zinc varied in the range of 0.40 to 0.49 g/kg, 0.21
to 0.34 g/kg and 0.24 to 0.39 g/kg respectively. The values of SAR amongst all soil
samples were in the range of 0.17 to 0.26.
3.8.3.1 Interpretation & Conclusion
The comparisons of soil analysis results with the Chemical Classification of Soil Quality
given by Indian Council of Agriculture Research shows that pH classification of soils is
Slightly Alkaline, Nitrogen is sufficient & Phosphorus more than sufficient. On the other
hand comparison with Levels of Fertility scale by Tondon H.L.S (2005) for Nitrogen
revealed that soils in study area fall under Very High fertile category. Thus it can be
concluded that prevailing soils in study area are moreover fertile which may be
attributed to predominant agricultural land use in study area.
The chemical classification of soil quality and levels of soil fertility are given in Table 3.8
and Table 3.9 respectively.
Table 3.8: Chemical Classification of Soil Quality

SN Soil Test Classification
4.5 Extremely acidic
4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic
5.51-6.00 moderately acidic
6.01-6.50 slightly acidic
1 pH
6.51-7.30 Neutral
7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline
7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline
8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline
9.01 very strongly alkaline

Upto 1.00 Average
Salinity Electrical Conductivity
1.01-2.00 harmful to germination
2 (mmhos/cm)
2.01-3.00 harmful to crops
(1ppm = 640 mmho/cm)
(sensitive to salts)
Upto 0.2: very less
0.21-0.4: less
0.41-0.5 medium,
3 Organic Carbon (%)
0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient
0.81-1.00: sufficient
>1.0 more than sufficient
Upto 50 very less
51-100 less
4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) 101-150 good
151-300 Better
>300 sufficient
Upto 15 very less
16-30 less
31-50 medium
5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha)
51-65 on an average sufficient
66-80 sufficient
>80 more than sufficient
0 -120 very less
120-180 less
181-240 medium
6 Potash (Kg/ha)
241-300 average
301-360 better
>360 more than sufficient
Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi
Table 3.9: Levels of Soil Fertility

Soil Fertility Organic Available Available Available
Level Carbon (%) N kg/ha P2O5 kg/ha K2O kg/ha
Very high > 1.00 > 700 > 80.0 > 360
High 0.81- 1.00 561 – 700 64 – 80 301 – 360
Medium 0.61-0.80 421 – 560 48 – 64 241 – 300
Medium Low 0.41-0.60 281 – 420 32 – 48 181 – 240
Low 0.21-0.40 141 – 280 16 – 32 121 – 180
Very Low 0.20 140 16.0 120
Source: Tondon H.L.S. ( 2005 )
3.9 Water Quality
3.9.1 Ground Water Quality Assessment
Ground water sampling was done to establish the baseline status and to assess the
anticipated impacts if any due to the proposed project.
3.9.2 Ground Water Sampling Locations
Study area had presence of several ground water sources by way of dug well around the
agricultural farms accordingly representative samples were collected in study area; the
sampling frequency was once in baseline monitoring season. Details of sampling
location are shown in Figure 3.12 and Table 3.10.
Table 3.10: Details of Ground Water Sampling Locations

Location Sampling Distance
Latitude Longitude Direction
Code Location Name (km)
GW1 Khadoli 21°45'18.81"N 73°11'31.72"E W 1.5
GW2 Simdhara 21°44'56.56"N 73°12'2.56"E SW 0.7
GW3 Sakadiya 21°45'12.10"N 73°12'59.19"E E 0.92
GW4 Rajpardi 21°45'54.67"N 73°12'54.12"E NNE 1.52
GW5 Haripura 21°46'42.23"N 73°15'42.72"E NE 6.28
GW6 Avidha 21°46'1.62"N 73°11'13.87"E NW 2.50
GW7 Ratanpur 21°43'35.62"N 73°11'3.30"E SW 3.63
GW8 Prankad 21°48'10.82"N 73°11'26.42"E N 5.73
3.9.3 Ground Water Analysis Results
The details of the results of Ground Water are presented in Table 3.11.
Figure 3.12: Ground Water Sampling Locations
Table 3.11: Ground Water Analysis Results

Location
Method of
SN Test Parameters Unit GW- GW- GW- GW- GW- GW
GW-1 GW-4 Analysis
2 3 5 6 7 -8
IS 3025 (Part-11) :
1 pH - 7.14 7.84 7.60 7.84 7.71 7.94 7.80 7.69
2002
Total Dissolved IS 3025 (Part-16):
2 mg/l 562 606 747 700 811 759 704 666
Solids 2002
Alkanitlity (as IS 3025 (Part-23):
3 mg/l 174 185 223 210 239 229 214 205
CaCO3) 2003
IS 3025 (Part-32):
4 Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l 18 21 28 27 33 31 25 24
2007
IS 3025 (Part-24):
5 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 8.3 8.3 9.2 8.6 10.6 8 7.8 7.1
2003
IS 3025 (Part-40):
6 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 65 61 67 63 66 60 51 49
2002
IS 3025 (Part-46):
7 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 0.7 5.5 10.9 11.6 16.3 15.8 19.4 19.1
2003
Total Hardness (as IS 3025 (Part-21) :
8 mg/l 165 175 212 205 232 215 207 201
CaCO3) 2009
IS 3025 (Part-45):
9 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 20 23 30 25 31 31 24 21
2003
10 Potassium (as K) mg/l 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.7 2.5 2.6 2.4 2.2 IS 3025 (Part-45):
Location
Method of
GW-1 GW-4 Analysis
2 3 5 6 7 -8
2003
IS 3025 (Part-34):
11 Nitrate as (NO3) mg/l 5.1 5.6 6.1 5.4 6.1 4.6 4.9 4.4
2003
APHA 4500F (D):
12 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.05 0.30 0.2 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.23 0.27
2017
Haze IS 3025 (Part-4) :
13 Colour <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
n 1983
Agr
Agreeab Agree Agree Agreea Agree Agree Agree IS 3025 (Part-5) :
14 Odour - eea
le able able ble able able able 2002
ble
IS 3025 (Part-10) :
15 Turbidity NTU <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
2002
Agr
Agreeab Agree Agree Agreea Agree Agree Agree IS 3025 (Part -8) :
16 Taste - eea
le able able ble able able able 2002
ble
IS 3025 (Part-53):
17 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.21 0.21 0.27 0.21 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.10
2003
IS 3025 (Part-57):
18 Boron (as B) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
2005
19 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND IS 3025 (Part-59):
Location
Method of
GW-1 GW-4 Analysis
2 3 5 6 7 -8
2006
IS 3025 (Part-49):
20 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 2.6 2.1 3.1 2.3 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.6
1994
0.01 IS 3025 (Part-42):
21 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.027 0.02 0.026 0.022 0.026 0.022 0.020
8 1992
0.001 0.000 0.002 0.002 0.00 IS 3025 (Part-41).:
22 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.0012 0.0004 0.001
1 4 4 1 19 1992
Is 3025 (Part-47):
23 Lead (as Pb) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
1994
IS: 3025 ( Part 31 )
24 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
: 1964 3500 Al.B
IS 3025 (Part-56):
25 Selenium (as Se) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
2003
IS 3025 (Part-48):
26 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
1994
IS 3025 (Part-37):
27 Arsenic (as As) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
1988
0.00 IS 3025 (Part-52):
28 Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.0053 0.007 0.007 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.004
2 2003
29 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND IS 3025 (Part-27):
Location
Method of
GW-1 GW-4 Analysis
2 3 5 6 7 -8
2003
Phenolic
IS 3025 (Part-43)
30 Compound (as mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
Method-6: 1992
C6H5OH)
Specific 100 IS 3025 (Part-26):
31 - 845 911 1123 1052 1219 1141 1058
Conductance 1 1986
Ammonia (as total IS 3025 (Part-34) :
32 mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
ammonia-N) 1988
Total Suspended IS 3025 (Part-17) :
33 mg/l 9 5 8 5 8 7 7 6
Solids 1984
Bio-chemical
IS 3025 (Part-44):
34 Oxygen Demand at mg/l 2 3 3 2 0 4 2 3
2003
270C 3 days
Chemical Oxygen IS 3025 (part-58) :
35 mg/l 8 8 10 8 12 10 8 8
Demand 2006
IS 3025 (Part-31):
36 Phosphate as (PO4) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
2003
ABSE ABSE ABSEN ABSE ABSE ABSE ABS IS 5887 (Part-1):
37 E.coli/100ml - ABSENT
NT NT T NT NT NT ENT 2005
38 Coliform /100ml - ABSENT ABSE ABSE ABSEN ABSE ABSE ABSE ABS IS 1622: 2003
Location
Method of
GW-1 GW-4 Analysis
2 3 5 6 7 -8
NT NT T NT NT NT ENT
IS 3025 (Part-34):
39 Nitrite (as NO2) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
2003
IS 3025 (Part-51) :
40 Bicarbonate (HCO3) meq/l 212.3 225.7 272 256 291.5 279.3 294 250
2001
Table 3.12: IS10500 2012: Drinking Water Standards by Bureau of Indian

Standards
Permissible in the
Sr.
Parameter Acceptable Absence of Unit
No.
Alternate source
1 pH 6.5-8.5 No relaxation
2 Total Dissolved Solids 500 2000 mg/l
-
3 Chlorides as Cl 250 1000 mg/l
4 Sulphate as SO4- 200 400 mg/l
5 Phosphate NS NS mg/l
6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 200 600 mg/l
7 Nitrate as NO3 45 No relaxation mg/l
8 Bicarbonate NS NS mg/l
9 Arsenic as As 0.01 0.05 mg/l
10 Calcium as Ca 75 200 mg/l
11 Sodium NS NS mg/l
12 Potassium NS NS mg/l
13 Cadmium as Cd 0.003 No relaxation mg/l
14 Iron as Fe 0.3 No relaxation mg/l
15 Lead as Pb 0.01 No relaxation mg/l
16 Chromium 0.05 No relaxation mg/l
17 Mercury as Hg 0.001 No relaxation mg/l
18 Nickel as Ni 0.02 No relaxation mg/l
19 Zinc as Zn 5 15 mg/l
0
Total coliforms at 37 C
20 Absent Absent Org/100ml
for 48 hrs.
21 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Org/100ml
22 COD NS NS mg/l
23 BOD NS NS mg/l
24 Fluoride F- 1.0 1.5 mg/l
25 Magnesium Mg++ 30 100 mg/l
* NS: Not Specified
3.9.4 Ground Water Analysis Results Findings
The above results revealed that values/ concentrations of various parameters amongst
all the samples were in the range of pH - 7.14 to 7.94, TDS - 562 to 811 mg/l, Sulphate
- 7.1 to 10.6 mg/l, , Total Hardness - 165 to 232 mg/l, Nitrate - 4.4 to 6.1 mg/l,
Bicarbonate - 212.3 to 294.0 mg/l, Calcium - 49.0 to 67.0 mg/l, Sodium - 20.0 to 31.0
mg/l, Potassium 2.2 to 2.7 mg/l, Fluoride - 0.05 to 0.3 mg/l, Magnesium - 0.7 to 19.4
mg/l, Zinc - 1.1 to 36.1mg/l Iron - 0.10 to 0.27 mg/l, Copper - 0.018 to 0.0027 mg/l,
Cadmimum - 0.001 to 0.0024 mg/l, COD - 8.0 to 12.0 mg/l, BOD - 2.0 to 5.0mg/l and
Phosphate were below detection limit and Heavy Metals viz. Lead, Selenium, Mercury,
Aresenic were not detected. Phenolic Compound & Cyanide were not detected in any of
the sample similarly Ecoli & Coliforms were not present in any smaple.
Observations during ground water sampling revealed that any of the sampled ground
water sources were not subjected to releases, domestic activities like bathing, washing
etc. thus the found concentrations of Fluoride may be attributed to geoginic nature of
bottom strata. However as evidenced during sampling & field visits the study area was
subjected to tremendous agricultural runoff which may be attributed to found
concentrations of Nitrogen & Sulphate in ground water samples.
Further to assess the prevailing quality of ground water in study area, the analysis
results are compared with the IS 10500 : 2012 viz. Drinking Water Standards by Bureau
of Indian Standards which revealed that parameters viz. pH, Chlorides, Sulphates, Total
Hardness, Nitrate, Arsenic, Calcium, Cadmium, Iron, Lead, Chromium, Mercury, Nickel,
Zinc, Fluorides, Total Coliforms and E. Coli were within acceptable concentrations
whereas TDS & Magnesium were within permissible concentrations, However though
the concentrations of COD, BOD, Sodium, Potassium & Phosphates being not specified
in standards based on the specified standards it is can be interpreted that prevailing
ground water in study area is fit for human consumption use, thus it can be concluded
that the prevailing ground water in study area is by & large not polluted.
3.10 Surface Water Quality Assessment
Surface water sampling was done to establish the baseline status and to assess the
anticipated impacts if any due to the project on surface water quality.
3.10.1 Surface Water Sampling Locations
The field & reconnaissance studies revealed Narmada River & its tributaries viz.
Bhunbdra Khadi, Madhumati Nadi & Ratanpura Nadi as the prominent surface water
sources in study area. Thes water sources were mainly subjected to agricultural use.
Figure 3.13: Surface water Sampling Locations
Accordingly, representative surface water sampling locations were identified & six (6)
sampling locations were selected. The sampling frequency was once in season. Surface
water sample were collected and analyzed. The details of the location are shown in
Figure 3.13 and Table 3.13.
Table 3.13: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sampling
Sampling Distance
Location Latitude Longitude Direction
Location Name (km)
Code
SW1 Bhundra Khadi 21°45'10.70"N 73°12'28.00"E E 0.029
SW2 Madhumati River 21°46'21.26"N 73°13'43.06"E NE 3.06
SW3 Narmada River 21°47'49.78"N 73°10'27.23"E NNW 5.88
Near Jarsad Village
SW4 Narmada River 21°46'7.56"N 73° 9'47.34"E NW 4.79
Near Pora Village
SW5 Narmada River 21°45'2.45"N 73° 8'23.48"E W 6.90
Near Limodara
Village
SW6 Narmada River 21°49'36.27"N 73°13'37.61"E NNE 8.37
Near Vadhvana
Village
Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation:

Sampling was carried out in presence of Functional Area Experts (FAEs) and trained
laboratoy personnel. The necessary procedures were followed during the process of
sample storage and transport in order to maintain homogeneity of the samples and to
avoid any significant alterations in their condition thereby rendering them in an
unacceptable state for analysis at the laboratory.
In order to comply with the above statement some of the important points focused
while sample transportation and storage are highlighted as under:
• Samples were collected in HDPE containers and packed to avoid breakage and
cross-contamination.
• Sample degradation was reduced through appropriate preservation and 1ml 1N
HNO3 per liter of sample was added for analysis of selected metals.
• Sample containers were sealed, labeled and carefully packed with an appropriate
packing material and stored in chilled containers (around 4C). The chain of
custody records was also maintained as per standard protocol.
• Microbiology samples were collected in sterile Pyrex-glass bottles
• The pH and Temperature were monitored at the time of collection and the DO
was fixed on site.
3.10.2 Surface Water Analysis Results
The analysis results of Surface Water are presented in Table 3.14.
Table 3.14: Surface Water Analysis Results

Location Method of
SN Test parameter Unit
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Analysis
IS 3025 (Part-
1 pH - 7.85 7.24 7.39 7.41 8.12 7.59
11) :2002
IS 3025 (Part-
2 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 575 342 370 390 407 917
16): 2002
IS 3025 (Part-
3 Alkalinity ( as CaCO3) mg/l 184 108 110 113 116 396
23): 2003
IS 3025 (Part-
4 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 16 8 12 15 16 14
32): 2007
IS 3025 (Part-
5 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 12 6.5 7.3 7.8 8.6 7.3
24): 2003
IS 3025 (Part-
6 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 27 14 20 27 36 34
40): 2002
IS 3025 (Part-
7 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 22.5 16 13.8 10.1 4.9 5.6
46): 2003
Total Hardness( as IS 3025 (Part-
8 mg/l 160 101 107 109 110 108
CaCO3) 21) : 2009
IS 3025 (Part-
9 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 24 12 13 16 18 17
45): 2003
IS 3025 (Part-
10 Potassium (as K) mg/l 2.2 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.85 2.2
45): 2003
Location Method of
IS 3025 (Part-
11 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 5.1 3.4 4.3 4.6 4.5 4.2
34): 2003
APHA 4500F
12 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.36 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.09 0.08
(D): 2017
IS 3025 (Part-4)
13 Colour Hazen <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
: 1983
IS 3025 (Part-5)
14 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
: 2002
IS 3025 (Part-
15 Turbidity NTU <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
10) : 2002
IS 3025 (Part -8)
16 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
: 2002
IS 3025 (Part-
17 Iron ( as Fe) mg/l 0.14 0.1 0.12 0.16 0.14 0.20
53): 2003
IS 3025 (Part-
18 Boron (as B) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
57): 2005
IS 3025 (Part-
19 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
59): 2006
IS 3025 (Part-
20 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 1.6 1.1 1.3 1.9 1.4 1.6
49): 1994
21 Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.004 0.03 0.002 0.01 0.03 0.02 IS 3025 (Part-
Location Method of
42): 1992
IS 3025 (Part-
22 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.0012 0.0014 0.0001 0.002 0.001 0.0012
41).: 1992
Is 3025 (Part-
23 Lead (as Pb) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
47): 1994
IS: 3025 ( Part
24 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND 31 ) : 1964 3500
Al.B
IS 3025 (Part-
25 Selenium (as Se) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
56): 2003
IS 3025 (Part-
26 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
48): 1994
IS 3025 (Part-
27 Arsenic (as As) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
37): 1988
IS 3025 (Part-
28 Chromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.009 0.007 0.004
52): 2003
IS 3025 (Part-
29 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
27): 2003
IS 3025 (Patt-
Phenolic Compound
30 mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND 43) Method-6:
(as C6H5OH)
1992
Location Method of
IS 3025 (Part-
31 Specific conductance µS/cm 864.0 514.0 556.0 586.0 612.0 1379.0
26): 1986
Ammonia (as total IS 3025 (Part-
32 mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
ammonia-N) 34) : 1988
Total Suspended IS 3025 (Part-
33 mg/l 5.0 3.0 6.0 2.0 8.0 8.0
Solids 17) : 1984
Bio-chemical Oxygen
IS 3025 (Part-
34 Demand at 270C 3 mg/l 3.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 3.0
44): 2003
days
Chemical Oxygen IS 3025 (part-
35 mg/l 8.0 7.0 9.0 7.0 6.0 10.0
Demand 58) : 2006
IS 3025 (Part-
36 Phosphate (as PO) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
31): 2003
MPN/100 IS 5887 (Part-1):
37 E.coli ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT
ml 2005
MPN100
38 Coliform ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT ABSENT IS 1622: 2003
ml
IS 3025 (Part-
39 Nitrite (as NO2) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
34): 2003
IS 3025 (Part-
40 Bicarbonate (HCO3) meq/l 224.5 131.7 134.2 137.8 141.5 483
51) : 2001
3.10.3 Surfacewater Analysis Results & Findings
Surface water samples were derived from six locations in different surface water bodies
within study area, analysis results of the same revealed, that pH values amongst all
samples varied in the range of 7.24 to 8.12. Total Hardness concentration varied in the
range of 101 mg/l to 160 mg/l & maximum concentration was recorded at SW1, TDS
concentration varied in the range of 342 to 917 mg/l whereas maximum concentration
917 mg/l was recorded at SW6 & minimum concentration 342 mg/l at SW2. Specific
Conductance was found to be ranging in between 514 to 1379 µS/cm. The
concentrations of BOD & COD were found to be varying in the range of 2.0 to 4.0 mg/l
& 6.0 to 1.0mg/l respectively whereas the concentration of Nitrate varied in the range of
3.4 to 5.1 mg/l.
Concentrations of elements such as Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium & Potassium were

found to be in the range of 14.0 to 36.0 mg/l, 4.9 to 22.5 mg/l, 13.0 to 24.0 mg/l & 1.5
to 2.2 mg/l respectively. Cadmium was in the range of 0.0001mg/l to 0.002 mg/l.
Heavy metals viz. Lead, Selenium, Mercury & Arsenic were not detected in all samples,
similarly Boron, Phenolic Compounds & Cyanide were not detected in all samples. Ecoli
& Coliform.
3.10.4 Interpretation & Conclusion
To ascertain the best suited use of sampled surface water bodies, the analysis results
were compared with the Designated Best Use Water Quality Criteria & the analysis
revealed that sampled surface water bodies in study area bet suited for Class “E” Water
i.e., Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled waste disposal.
3.11 Air Quality
3.11.1 Meteorology
3.11.1.1 Site Specific Micro Meteorology
Monitoring for micro meteorological parameters was carried out on continuous basis at
the project site. The parameters selected were wind- speed, wind-direction, rainfall,
temperature and relative humidity. Monitoring was carried out using an automatic
weather monitoring station at the project site. The station was installed keeping in view
the free exposure of sensors to atmosphere and minimum interference from the nearby
structures. The monitoring was carried out for a period of 3 months from December
2020 to February 2021. The variations in the meteorological data are presented in
Table No. 3.15. The highlights of the meteorological factors considered for monitoring
for the present study are discussed as under.
Table 3.15: Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data (December 2020 to February
2021)
Dominant
Wind
Rainfal 0 Relative Humidity Wind Speed
Temperature ( C) Direction
Month l (mm) (%) (m/s)
(Blowing
From)
Avg Max Min Avg Max Min Avg Max Min Avg
December 0.018 34 14 24 88 16 38.88 6.11 0.83 2.95
25.0 NE to SW
January 0 34 15 79 17 42.91 6.11 0.83 2.97
9
February 0 38 18 27.7 75 9 25.3 6.11 0.55 2.87
Temperature
During the baseline study period the 24 hourly minimum & maximum temperatures
varied in the range of 14 to 18 0C & 34 to 38 0C respectively whereas the 24 hourly
average temperatures varied in the range of 24 to 27.7 0C which is as per the general
expected trend of temperature for the winter seasons for the region in consideration.
Relative Humidity
The 24 hourly maximum & minimum values of relative humidity during baseline period
were in the range of 75 to 88 % & 9 to 17 % and the 24 hourly average humidity varied
in the range of 25.3 to 42.91% which is in accordance with the humidity pattern of
winter seasons for the region in consideration.
Wind Speed and Wind Direction
The 24 hourly maximum & minimum wind speed recorded during baseline study period
varied in the range of 6.11 m/s & 0.55 to 0.83 m/s respectively and 24 hourly average
wind speed varied in the range of 2.87 to 2.97 m/s, thus it can be interpreted that the
project surrounding environs largely sustained calm winds.
The wind rose diagram prepared from hourly data recorded at site from December 2020
to feburary 2021 revealed that prominent wind direction around project plot is SW i.e.,
wind is blowing from NE to SW, for site specific mixing heights considerations the CPCB
document - PROBES/88/2002-2003 is followed. Project plot specific wind rose is given
as Figure 3.14.
Figure 3.14: Project Plot Specific Wind Rose for Baseline Monitoring Period
Secondary Data
Secondary data for selected parameters viz. Temperature, Ambient Barometric Pressure, Relative Humidity, Wind Speed and
Precipitation (Rainfall) was obtained form Indian Meteorology Department for the period of January 2020 to December 2020 to
evaluate & understand the year around (seasonal variation) micrometeorological aspects in the project district. The summarized
statistics of the same is given in Table 3.16.
Table 3.16: Micro Meteorology Data (January 2020 to December 2020)

Temperature C Relative humidity (%) Rainfall (mm) Pressure (mb) Wind speed (kmph)
Month
Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg.
Jan. 19 35 23.34 13 77 28.5 0 0 0 1011 1023 1016.2 3 23 12.04
Feb. 14 37 25.8 10 63 29.16 0 0 0 1009 1020 1014.28 3 28 11.77
Mar. 21 41 30.33 9 78 25.02 0 0 0 1007 1017 1011.89 3 24 12.35
Apr. 26 45 34.37 9 66 29.9 0 0.6 0.002 1003 1013 1008.35 1 30 14.5
May 27 42 33.83 17 79 45 0 0 0 1002 1012 1007.5 5 30 17.51
Jun. 26 42 32.3 22 95 59.9 0 35.6 0.48 997 1007 1003 6 42 22.50
Jul. 25 36 29.36 44 94 75.13 0 9.7 0.7 998 1007 1002.3 3 36 21.44
Aug. 23 32 27.6 55 92 77.86 0 17.8 0.92 995 1009 1003.4 9 38 18.7
Sep. 24 33 27.38 63 97 85.48 0 10.2 0.57 999 1012 1006.07 2 29 13.4
Oct. 23 34 27.76 35 91 67.5 0 2.2 0.092 1005 1015 1010.7 2 24 10.05
Nov. 21 34 27.13 32 89 56.3 0 2.5 0.039 1007 1016 1012.26 1 29 9.03
Dec. 14 33 23.70 24 74 45.74 0 0 0 1009 1019 1013.9 2 24 11.6
Figure 3.15: Wind Rose for Period January 2020 to December 2020
Meteorology forms the base of any dispersion studies. With this understanding Wind
rose diagrams using secondary data obtained from Indian Meteorological Department
(IMD) for annual period January 2020 to December 2020 have been plotted.
The wind rose prepared from primary data (for the monitoring period) indicates that
around 18% of the time the wind is blowing from the Northeast direction.
For determining the sampling locations of air quality monitoring it is important to

understand the distribution of wind direction during the monitoring period, i.e. during
the months of December to February.
3.11.2 Ambient Air Quality
Monitoring Locations
Criteria pollutants monitoring at the proposed project location & surrounding environs
was done to establish the prevailing ambient air quality, accordingly based on
reconnaissance & field surveys representative monitoring locations were selected within
10 km radial study area based on project specific ToR and EIA manual by MoEF&CC.
Based on field observations it can be said that predominantly study prevail rural settings
with moreover flat terrain largely dominated by agricultural fields & mining acitiviites to
some extent.
The study area is marked by presence of few scattered settlements depicting a scarcely
populated scenario, also the Stae Highway (SH) 64 & State Highway (SH) 163 ply
through study area which were mostly subjected to transportation type of traffic.
Locations selected for ambient air quality monitoring are presented in Table 3.17 and
Figure 3.16.
Figure 3.16: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Map
Table 3.17: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Direction, Distance
Station Monitoring
Code Location
(km)
A1 Project Site 21°45'9.44"N 73°12'25.58"E --
Simdhara
A2 21°44'58.58"N 73°12'5.28"E 0.634 SW
Village
A3 Rajpardi 21°46'3.36"N 73°13'5.84"E 1.938, NNE
Sakadiya
A4 21°45'3.28"N 73°12'56.74"E 0.83, SEE
Village
GMDC Colony,
A5 21°45'33.89"N 73°13'25.82"E 1.84, NE
Rajput Falia
Ratanpur
A6 21°43'37.43"N 73°11'2.08"E 3.62, SW
Village
Sultanpura
A7 21°42'39.54"N 73° 9'11.33"E 7.15, SW
Village
Haripura
A8 21°46'49.34"N 73°16'3.73"E 6.93,NE
Vilalge
Bhuri Dumala,
A9 Near Rajpardi 21°43'36.50"N 73°13'10.70"E 3.13, SSE
Mine
Methodology for Sampling

Sampling was carried out at selected locations as per the CPCB guidelines. The standard
methodology used for analysis, details of the detection limits and the standard methods
are provided in Table 3.18 & Table 3.19.
Equipment used for sampling: Sampling of PM10 was conducted using Envirotech
make sampler (Model No.: APM-460), while that of PM2.5 was carried out using
Envirotech make sampler (Model No. APM-550). Online instruments of Rave innovations
instruments conducted monitoring of Carbon Monoxide (Model No.: COA-109). The
monitoring of Ambient VOC was carried out using Envirotech make portable sampler
with Model No.: APM- 802.
Sample Transportation and Sample Preservation: Proper preservation of samples

was done after sampling. The gaseous samples were preserved in an ice box (below 4°C)
and transported to the laboratory for analysis. The filter papers were collected using
forceps and stored in polythene bags and stored in cool and dry containers during
transportation.
3.11.3 Ambient Air Quality (Monitoring Results & Status)
The results of ambient air quality - pollutant parameters are presented in Table 3.18.
Table 3.18: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Locations NAAQ
Parameters Analysis Method
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Standard
Min 69.8 65.4 68.3 66.2 68.4 66.2 67.6 68.2 83.9
PM10 Max 78.3 77.3 76.3 76.5 76.5 74.5 77.8 78.5 96.9 100 μg/m3 (24
IS 5182: 2006
(μg/m3) Average 73.4 72.6 73.1 72.1 72.6 71.4 72.4 72.8 89.6 hours)
98 percentile 77.3 77.1 76.1 76.1 75.2 74.5 77.2 77.1 94.9
Min 30.1 28.3 29.5 27.2 28.3 27.5 29.0 28.4 38.7
PM2.5 Max 36.6 38.4 37.1 37.4 34.2 35.8 38.6 36.7 50.0 60 μg/m3 (24
IS 5182: 2006
(μg/m3) Average 33.9 34.2 34.1 32.6 31.8 31.8 33.5 33.0 44.9 hours)
98 percentile 36.5 38.1 37.0 36.5 34.1 35.2 38.4 36.5 49.8
Min 13.2 15.3 16.1 14.0 14.6 14.3 15.6 13.5 14.7
SO2 Max 18.9 24.5 24.7 26.4 22.2 21.6 24.5 23.5 25.5 IS 5182 (Part-2): 80 μg/m3 (24
(μg/m3) Average 16.2 18.9 20.2 18.9 18.9 18.4 18.7 18.5 20.1 2006 hours)
98 percentile 18.7 24.1 24.2 25.3 21.9 21.6 24.0 23.1 25.1
Min 16.4 19.6 20.5 17.4 18.7 16.3 19.3 16.0 21.7
Max 23.8 27.9 28.1 30.4 26.6 24.6 28.7 27.8 37.7
Average 20.3 22.7 24.0 22.3 22.8 22.0 22.5 22.1 30.1
NOX IS 5182 (Part-6): 80 μg/m3 (24
(μg/m3) 2006 hours)
98 percentile 23.7 27.3 27.9 29.0 25.7 24.6 27.7 27.1 36.8
Locations NAAQ
Parameters Analysis Method
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Standard
Min 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.6 0.5 0.8
CO Max 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.7 1.6 2.5 NIOSH to 6604: 2 mg/m3 (8
(mg/m3) Average 0.93 0.9 0.87 0.85 0.91 0.83 0.97 0.95 1.51 1996 hours)
98 percentile 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.7 1.6 2.4
Min 0.4 0.38 0.31 0.4 0.33 0.42 0.41 0.28 0.58
Free Silica(as SiO2) Max 0.5 0.49 0.48 0.6 0.49 0.63 0.57 0.42 0.74 IS 3025 (Part-35) :
3 --
(μg/m ) Average 0.5 0.46 0.41 0.5 0.41 0.49 0.49 0.39 0.67 1985
98 percentile 0.5 0.49 0.48 0.6 0.48 0.59 0.56 0.42 0.74
Table 3.19: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (Additional Parameters at

Project Site)
A1- Project site
Analysis NAAQ
Test Parameters 98
Min. Max. Avg. method Standards
Percentile
IS 5182
3 100 (8
Ozone (O3) µg/m 22 31 26.5 31.0 (Part-9):
Hours)
1974
IS 5182
3 1.0 (24
Lead (Pb) ng/m BDL BDL BDL BDL (Part-22):
Hours)
2004
Ammonia (NH3) NIOSH to 400 (24
BDL BDL BDL BDL
µg/m3 6015: 1994 Hours)
IS 5182
Benzo (a) pyrene
BDL BDL BDL BDL (Part-12): 1.0 (Annual)
(BaP) ng/m3
2006
IS 5182
3
Arsenic (As) ng/m BDL BDL BDL BDL (Part-22): 6.0 (Annual)
2004
IS 5182
3
Nickel (Ni) ng/m BDL BDL BDL BDL (Part-22): 20 (Annual)
2004
IS 5182
Benzene (C6 H6)
BDL BDL BDL BDL (Part-11): 5 (Annual)
µg/m3
2006
Volatile Organic
LAB SOP BY
Compounds (VOCs) BDL BDL BDL BDL N.S.
GC
(ppb)
BDL: Below Detection Limit, N.S.: Not Specified
Particulate Matter (PM10)
The study revealed that maximum concentration varied in the range of 74.5-96.9 µg/m3.
The highest 24-hourly concentration was recorded at sampling location A9. At the
same time minimum 24-hourly concentration 65.4 µg/m3 was observed at location
A2.The average concentration of PM10 were in the range of 71.4-89.6 µg/m3. The high
concentration of particulate matter recorded at project site (A9) may be attributed to its
proximity to GMDC Mine Rajpardi, which is subjected vehicular traffic. It is noteworthy
that the concentration of PM10 was not observed to be exceeding the standards
prescribed by the CPCB on any occasion.
Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
The major source of PM2.5 is said to be the combustion of fossil fuels, firewood and
mining activity prevelant within study area. The maximum of PM2.5 (50.0 µg/m3) during
the study period was recorded at location A9, whereas the minimum value (27.2 µg/m3)
concentration was recorded at A4 location. The average concentration of PM2.5 during
the study period was computed to be in the range of 31.8-44.9g/m3.
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
High level of SOX in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion of fossil fuel in
the vicinity. The ambient air monitoring results revealed the highest concentration of
SO2 26.4 µg/m3 was at 84inimum84 A4. The vehicular traffic on SH64 and fuel burning
within village were the principle source of emission for SO2. The average concentration
of SO2 recorded during the study period ranged between 16.2-20.2 µg/m3. It should be
noted that maximum average concentration was recorded at location A3 while the
lowest can be observed at location A1.
Oxides of Nitrogen (Nox)
The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of
Nitrogen. The highest value of NOX during the monitoring period was observed at
location A9 while the minimum average was recorded at A8. The average concentrations
were in the range of 20.3-30.1 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX was
recorded at the monitoring location A9 (37.7 µg/m3) whereas the minimum
concentration of NOx was recorded at location A8 (16.0 µg/m3).
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fuel majorly in

absence of air. The maximum concentration of CO amongst at all locations during the
study period was 2.5 mg/m3.
Free Silica (as SiO2)
One of the prominent sources of free Silica in ambient air is minining actitives wherein
free silica gets airborne due to various mining related actvtities. The study area
prevailed several open cast stone & other mining activities of which the GMDC -
Rajpardi Mine was the prominent one.
Study revealed thtat maxium & minimum concentrations varied in the range of 0.42 to
0.74 µg/m3 & 0.28 & 0.58 µg/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration viz. 0.74
µg/m3 was recorded at A9 location whereas minimum concentration 0.28 µg/m3 was
recorded at A8 location. The maximum concentration at A9 location may be attributed
to its proximity to GMDC Rajpardi Mine whereas minimum concentration recorded at
A8 location may be attributed to it being located in the upwind direction.
All the parameters were found to be within the prescribed limits specified by NAAQ
Standard other than that of free silica for which NAAQ standard is not specified.
Additional Parameters at Project Site
From the monitoring results of additional parameters at project site as given in Table
3.19, it is evident that Lead, Ammonia, Benzene, Benzo (a) pyrene, Arsenic, Nickel and
VOC‟s were below detection limit, whereas minimum & maximum concentrations of
Ozone were 22 & 31 µg/m3 respectively & average concentration was 26.5 µg/m3.
Thus, it is concluded that the concentration of additional parameters at project was also
within the prescribed NAAQS.
3.12 Noise Environment
Road traffic is the major source of noise. Baseline noise data of the project area and the
neighbourhood habitat areas was ascertained to establish baseline of ambient noise.
The ambient noise was measured using the Noise Level Meter once at eight (8)
locations with hourly ready for 24 hours at each location.
3.12.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations
The details are as provided in Table 3.20 and Figure 3.17.
Figure 3.17: Noise Monitoring Locations
Table 3.20: Details of Ambient Noise Locations

Direction, Distance
Station Monitoring
Code Location
(km)
N1 Project Site 21°45‟10.05”N 73°12‟25.13”E --
N2 Simdhara
21°44‟58.58”N 73°12‟5.28”E 0.634 SW
Village
N3 Rajpardi 21°46‟3.36”N 73°13‟5.84”E 1.938, NNE
N4 Sakadiya
21°45‟3.28”N 73°12‟56.74”E 0.83, SEE
Village
N5 GMDC Colony,
21°45‟33.89”N 73°13‟25.82”E 1.84, NE
Rajput Falia
N6 Ratanpur
21°43‟37.43”N 73°11‟2.08”E 3.62, SW
Village
N7 Sultanpura
21°42‟39.54”N 73° 9‟11.33”E 7.15, SW
Village
N8 Haripura
21°46‟49.34”N 73°16‟3.73”E 6.93,NE
Vilalge
Monitoring Details
Noise monitoring was carried out as per the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)
guidelines on 24-hourly basis at 8 locations in 10 km radius of the study area.
Monitoring was carried out on weekly basis (once in a week). The locations were
decided as per the guidance of the Functional Area Experts (FAEs) and are presented in
Figure 3.17 on Google Earth Image. The noise levels monitored were grouped into day
and night time noise levels. The day time is considered to be during 6 am to 10 pm and
night noise time is considered between 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations in the study
area. The noise monitoring was carried out by a precision integrated noise meter of
baseline technology Model No. 2511. It should be noted that location A1 is situated in
the industrial area while rest of the locations are categorized into rural and residential
areas. The standards used for comparison of the noise levels are therefore used as per
the standards prescribed regulations of CPCB.
3.12.2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Results
The details of the results of Ambient Noise are presented in Table 3.21.
Table 3.21: Ambient Noise Results

CPCB
Equivalent Noise
Station Standards in Analysis
Name Category Levels in dB(A)
Code dB(A) Method
Day Night Day Night
N1 Project Site Industrial 45.15 40.39 75 70
Simdhara
N2 Residential 43.95 39.73 55 45
Village
N3 Rajpardi Residential 45.55 41.21 55 45
Sakadiya
N4 Residential 44.28 38.91 55 45
Village
GMDC
IS 9989 :
N5 Colony, Residential 43.99 37.69 55 45
2008
Rajput Falia
Ratanpur
N6 Residential 44.35 38.03 55 45
Village
Sultanpura
N7 Residential 43.48 37.93 55 45
Village
Haripura
N8 Residential 43.25 37.19 55 45
Vilalge
Interpretation:
Industrial Zone
The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 45.15 dB (A) while
during night time the noise level was recorded to be 40.39 dB (A). It shall be noted that
the noise levels during the day time as well as night time were estimated to be under
the prescribed standards by CPCB.
Residential Zone
The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was observed at location N8,
where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N3. The location N3 is
comparitvely more populated & is subjected to anthropogenic activities hence can give
rise to high noise level in the surroundings. It shall be noted that the permissible limits
for noise did not exceed at any of the locations selected for sampling.
3.13 Biotic Environment
3.13.1 Introduction
Biotic studies have been conducted with a view to assess the prevailing baseline
ecological data within study area in terms of terrestrial, coastal & marine biodiversity, to
identify & quantify probable impacts associated with project activities on prevailing
ecology & to advocate suitable management/mitigation measures for the same.
3.13.2 Objectives
To assess the implication of proposed project activities on the project site & immediate
surrounding area following attributes were considered & executed:
 Documentation of project areas-specific flora and fauna.

 Assessment of any species of conservation importance & felling/clearing activity
within project area.
 To assess the impact of proposed project activities on surrounding ecology.
 To recommend suitable management/mitigation measures to minimize any
anticipated adverse impacts due to proposed project activity.
3.13.3 Study Area
The entire expanse of project site viz.19, 355.77 sq. m. and 5 selected sites within 10 km
radial study area around the proposed project site based on reconnaissance survey for
maximum habitat representation as depicted in Table 3.22 & Figure 3.18.
Table 3.22: Coordinates & Details of Biotic Studies/Survey Locations in 10 km

Radial Study Area
SN Location Latitude Longitude Details
1 Site 1 21°45'9.41"N 73°12'25.51"E Project Site
Dense Vegetation in Prankad Village
2 Site 2 21°47'20.13"N 73° 9'42.81"E
near Narmada River
Scrub Land along Bank of Narmada
3 Site 3 21°44'32.75"N 73° 7'18.81"E
River near Shuklatirth Village
4 Site 4 21°43'31.11"N 73°12'17.40"E Reserve Forest near Ratanpore
5 Site 5 21°45'20.95"N 73°17'25.99"E Scrub Land near Samarpara Village
Figure 3.18: Google Earth Image depicting Biotic Environment Study Area Locations
CHAPTER 3:
3.13.4 Settings of Project Site
The project locality viz. Khadoli Village was accessible by State Highway (SH 64) viz.
GMDC Road & further access to project site was led by a dirt track. The proposed
project site viz. Plot no: 91A, 9lB, 92A, 928, 95A8 & 94 at Khadoli Village, Zagadiya,
Bharuch was moreover a flat terrain dominated with sandy soil. Project site wise abutted
by a small mound along with scrub towards south & scrub & fenced plot towards north
& north east respectively whereas dry course of inland water stream was seen which
joins Bhundra Khadi further downstream in study area.
3.13.4.1 Project Site Flora
The proposed project site admeasuring 19,355.77 sq. m. was devoid of any tree &
significant vegetation; except for some intermittent gregarious ground dwelling scrub
vegetating as detailed in Table 3.23.
Table 3.23: Project Site Area Flora Inventory

Sr. No. Botanical Name Family IUCN Status Common Name Habit Type Origin
1 Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae -- Behaya Sh Pr Nt
2 Hygrophila auriculata Acanthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Kanta sheriyo Sh Pr Nt
3 Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae -- Aerand Sh Pr Na
4 Dioscorea bulbifera Dioscoreaceae -- -- Cl Pr Na
5 Chromolaena odorata Asteraceae -- Tivra gandha Hb Pr Nt
6 Malachra capitata Malvaceae -- Pardesi bhindo Hb An Nt
7 Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 -- Hb An Na
8 Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 -- Hb Pr Na
9 Urena lobata Malvaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Vagadau bhindo Sh Pr Nt
10 Blumea oxyodonta Asteraceae -- -- Hb An Na
11 Lantana camara Verbenaceae -- -- Sh Pr Nt
12 Amaranthus viridis Amaranthaceae -- -- Hb An Na
13 Sieruela rutidosperma Cleomaceae -- -- Hb An Nt
14 Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae -- -- Hb An Nt
15 Mucuna pruriens Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 -- Cl An Na
16 Mimosa pudica Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 -- Hb Pr Nt
17 Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae -- -- Hb An Nt
18 Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae -- Congress ghaas Sh An Nt
19 Scoparia dulcis Plantaginaceae -- -- Hb Pr Nt
20 Mesosphaerum suaveolens Lamiaceae -- -- Hb An Nt
Sr. No. Botanical Name Family IUCN Status Common Name Habit Type Origin
21 Senna tora Caesalpiniaceae -- -- Sh Pr Na
22 Sida acuta Malvaceae -- -- Hb Pr Na
23 Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae -- -- Hb An Na
24 Phyllanthus amarus Phyllanthaceae -- -- Hb An Nt
25 Eclipta prostrata Asteraceae Least Concern ver 3.1 -- Hb An Na
26 Tridax procumbens Asteraceae -- Pardeshi bhangaro Hb An Nt
27 Cynodon dactylon Poaceae -- -- Hb Pr Na
28 Heliotropium indicum Boraginaceae -- Hathi-sundhara Hb An Na
Hb – Herb, Sh – Shrub, Cl – Climber, Na – Native, Nt – Naturalized, An – Annual, Pr – Perennial
Project Site Flora Findings & Interpretation
The 28 species of ground dwelling scrub flora observed in project plot comprised of herbaceous & shrubby annuals which generally
grow in open spaces with the onset of monsoon & are commonest for the region in consideration with a very wide range of
presence & abundance in the entire Bharuch District and none species are endemic.
These scrub flora will be eventually lost during site preparation activities for proposed project does not belongs to any categories of
concern as per IUCN assessment, the summary of flora composition & IUCN status is given in Table. 3.24.
Table 3.24: Project Plot Flora Composition & IUCN Status Summary
No. Project Site Flora Composition Summary
of
Spe Hb Cl Sh Na Nt An Pr
cies
19 2 7 13 15 15 13
IUCN Status Summarry
Near Threatened
Endangered (EN)
Endangered (CR)
Information on
Vulnerable (VU)
Least Concern
Extinct in the
Extinct (EX)
Data Deficient
Not Evaluated
Wild (EW)
No IUCN
species
28
(NT)
(LC)
Critically
(DD)
-- -- 7 -- -- -- -- -- -- 21
3.13.4.2 Project Site Fauna
During field studies faunal activity, presence of any fauna was not witnessed on project
site, also as the project site being devoid of any tree was free of nests. Indirect
evidences of faunal presence, activity viz. pugmarks, scats, burrows, dens, fallen feathers
etc. were also not observed.
3.13.4.3 Settings of Study Area
Terrestrial
The visited 10 km radial study area around the proposed project site was an area
moreover characterized by flat terrain.
As observed during field studies the inner (core) 5 km radial study area was dominated
by agricultural fields mainly around Khadoli, Avidha, Rajpardi, Madhavapara, Sarsa etc.
also terrain with scrub & grassy patches interspersed among agricultural fields &
scattered operating & abandoned open cast mines were seen. Reserve Forests towards
southeast of project site along the hillocks near Ratanpore Village were prominent
vegetation feature.
The outer (buffer) 5 km radial study area also moreover depicted similar scenario as that
of inner 5 km however here the scrub patches were evidently small & comparatively
large agricultural fields. Dense Vegetation in Prankad Village near Narmada River was
the prominent vegetation feature in buffer 5 km radial study area.
Aquatic
The prominent aquatic system in core & buffer study area was westerly meandering
Narmada River, further core & buffer study area prevailed tributaries of Narmada River
Viz. Mahdumati Nadi, Bhundra Khadi, Ratanpura Nadi their respective tributaries.
Note: Since, any of the project related activities during commissioning & operation
phase will not be associated with the prevailing surface water bodies. In the study area
in terms of withdrawal or disposal/discharge hence no impact is envisaged on the water
bodies so the studies pertaining to aquatic ecology such as Plankton, Chlorophyll,
Benthos, Fisheries etc. have been kept out of the purview of this study.
3.13.4.4 Study Area Flora
As described in earlier section the study area comprised of scrub lands, thickets and
Reserve Forests along hill & hillocks, the detailed flora list is given in Table. 3.25.
Table 3.25: Study Area Flora Inventory

Sr. No. Botanical Name Family IUCN Status Habit Type Origin
1 Aeluropus lagopoides Poaceae -- Hb Pr Na
2 Sesuvium portulacastrum Aizoaceae -- Hb Pr Na
3 Suaeda maritima Chenopodiaceae -- Hb An Na
4 Persicaria glabra Polygonaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb An Na
5 Typha domingensis Typhaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb Pr Na
6 Ipomoea obscura Convolvulaceae -- Cl Pr Na
7 Thespesia populnea Malvaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
8 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
9 Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb Pr Na
10 Gliricidia sepium Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc In
11 Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae -- Sh Pr Nt
12 Hygrophila auriculata Acanthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Sh Pr Nt
13 Ipomoea cairica Convolvulaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Cl Pr Na
14 Lysiloma latisiliquum Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev In
15 Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae -- Tr Pr Na
16 Dioscorea bulbifera Dioscoreaceae -- Cl Pr Na
17 Camonea vitifolia Convolvulaceae -- Cl Pr Na
18 Cordia subcordata Boraginaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
19 Ipomoea pes-caprae Convolvulaceae -- Cl Pr Na
20 Chromolaena odorata Asteraceae -- Hb Pr Nt
21 Malachra capitata Malvaceae -- Hb An Nt
22 Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb An Na
23 Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb Pr Na
24 Urena lobata Malvaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Sh Pr Nt
25 Blumea oxyodonta Asteraceae -- Hb An Na
26 Lantana camara Verbenaceae -- Sh Pr Nt
27 Amaranthus viridis Amaranthaceae -- Hb An Na
28 Sieruela rutidosperma Cleomaceae -- Hb An Nt
29 Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae -- Hb An Nt
30 Morinda citrifolia Rubiaceae -- Tr Pr Na
31 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
32 Barringtonia asiatica Lecythidaceae Lower Risk/least concern ver 2.3 Tr Ev Na
33 Abrus precatorius Fabaceae -- Cl Pr Na
34 Mucuna pruriens Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Cl An Na
35 Bambusa bambos Poaceae -- Hb Pr Na
36 Mimosa pudica Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb Pr Nt
37 Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae -- Hb An Nt
38 Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae -- Sh An Nt
39 Scoparia dulcis Plantaginaceae -- Hb Pr Nt
40 Mesosphaerum suaveolens Lamiaceae -- Hb An Nt
41 Senna tora Caesalpiniaceae -- Sh Pr Na
42 Sida acuta Malvaceae -- Hb Pr Na
43 Physalis angulata Solanaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb An Nt
44 Impatiens balsamina Balsaminaceae -- Hb An Nt
45 Sesamum indicum subsp. malabaricum Pedaliaceae -- Hb An Na
46 Cuscuta reflexa Convolvulaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Cl Pr Na
47 Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr Na
48 Trema orientale Cannabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
49 Pithecellobium dulce Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr Nt
50 Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
51 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Data Deficient ver 2.3 Tr Ev Na
52 Canna indica Cannaceae -- Hb Pr Nt
53 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae -- Tr Dc Na
54 Macaranga peltata Euphorbiaceae -- Tr Dc Na
55 Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae -- Hb An Na
56 Portulaca oleracea Portulacaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb An Nt
57 Phyllanthus amarus Phyllanthaceae -- Hb An Nt
58 Sterculia foetida Sterculiaceae -- Tr Ev Na
59 Bombax ceiba Malvaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
60 Butea monosperma Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
61 Erythrina suberosa Fabaceae -- Tr Dc Na
62 Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr DC Na
63 Moullava spicata Caesalpiniaceae -- Cl Pr Na
64 Marsdenia volubilis Apocynaceae -- Cl Pr Na
65 Wrightia tinctoria Apocynaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr Na
66 Tabernaemontana alternifolia Apocynaceae -- Tr Pr Na
67 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
68 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
69 Ficus racemosa Moraceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
70 Ficus religiosa Moraceae -- Tr Dc Na
71 Holoptelea integrifolia Ulmaceae -- Tr Dc Na
72 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae -- Tr Ev Na
73 Commelina benghalensis Commelinaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb An Na
74 Terminalia elliptica Combretaceae -- Tr Pr Na
75 Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae -- Tr Dc Na
76 Ipomoea hederifolia Convolvulaceae -- Cl Pr Nt
77 Leea indica Vitaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Sh Pr Na
78 Leea macrophylla Vitaceae -- Sh Pr Na
79 Melia azedarach Meliaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
80 Saraca asoca Caesalpiniaceae Vulnerable B1+2c ver 2.3 Tr Ev Na
81 Monoon longifolium Annonaceae -- Tr Ev Na
82 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
83 Borassus flabellifer Arecaceae -- Tr Ev Nt
84 Peltophorum pterocarpum Caesalpiniaceae -- Tr Ev In
85 Albizia saman Mimosaceae -- Tr Dc In
86 Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr Na
87 Barringtonia acutangula Lecythidaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
88 Neolamarckia cadamba Rubiaceae -- Tr Pr Na
89 Parkia biglandulosa Mimosaceae -- Tr Dc In
90 Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae -- Tr Dc In
91 Spathodea campanulata Bignoniaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev In
92 Pterospermum acerifolium Sterculiacea Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr Na
93 Ficus hispida Moraceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
94 Ficus elastica Moraceae -- Tr Ev Na
95 Nerium oleander Apocynaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Sh Ev Na
96 Tabernaemontana divaricata Apocynaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
97 Cascabela thevetia Apocynaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Nt
98 Tecoma stans Bignoniaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr In
99 Carica papaya Caricaceae Data Deficient ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
100 Acacia auriculiformis Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev In
101 Eucalyptus sp. Myrtaceae -- Tr Ev In
102 Acacia mangium Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev In
103 Annona squamosa Annonaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr In
104 Annona reticulata Annonaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc In
105 Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev In
106 Plumeria rubra Apocynaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev In
107 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Malvaceae -- Sh Pr Na
108 Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Nt
109 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis Oleaceae -- Tr Ev Na
110 Ziziphus jujuba Rhamnaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc In
111 Schleichera oleosa Sapindaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
112 Helicteres isora Sterculiaceae -- Tr Dc Na
113 Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Pr Na
114 Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Lower Risk/least concern ver 2.3 Tr Ev Na
115 Calotropis gigantea Apocynaceae -- Sh Pr Na
116 Xylia xylocarpa Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
117 Capparis zeylanica Capparaceae -- Sh Pr Na
118 Ixora coccinea Rubiaceae -- Sh Pr Na
119 Capparis sepiaria Capparaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Sh Pr Na
120 Tinospora cordifolia Menispermaceae -- Cl Pr Na
121 Justicia adhatoda Acanthaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb Pr Na
122 Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae -- Hb An Nt
123 Elephantopus scaber Asteraceae -- Hb Pr Na
124 Eclipta prostrata Asteraceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb An Na
125 Tridax procumbens Asteraceae -- Hb An Nt
126 Musa x paradisiaca Musaceae -- Hb Pr Na
127 Cynodon dactylon Poaceae -- Hb Pr Na
128 Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Hb Pr Na
129 Heliotropium indicum Boraginaceae -- Hb An Na
130 Caesalpinia pulcherrima Caesalpiniaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Sh Pr Na
131 Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Near Threatened A2acd ver 3.1 Tr Dc Na
132 Ocimum tenuiflorum Lamiaceae -- Hb Pr Na
133 Ceiba pentandra Malvaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc Nt
134 Combretum indicum Combretaceae -- Cl Pr Na
135 Bougainvillea spectabilis Nyctaginaceae -- Cl Pr In
136 Diplocyclos palmatus Cucurbitaceae -- Cl Pr Na
137 Vachellia nilotica Mimosaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Ev Na
138 Parkinsonia aculeata Fabaceae Least Concern ver 3.1 Tr Dc In
Crops/Plantations in Study Area
1 Oryza sp. Poaceae -- Hb -- --
2 Solanum sp. Solanaceae -- Hb -- --
3 Abelmoschus sp. Malvaceae -- Hb -- --
4 Capsicum sp. Solanaceae -- Hb -- --
5 Mangifera sp. Anacardiaceae -- Tr -- --
Study Area Flora Findings & Interpretation
Field studies in & around selected sites/locations resulted in recording 138 plant species which comprised of native, introduced,
naturalized, evergreen & deciduous type varieties trees, annual & perennial climbers, herbs and shrubs, the vegetation type &
composition varied as per the terrain physiography & characteristics, the summary flora composition & IUCN status summary is
given in Table. 3.26.
Table 3.26: Study Area Flora Composition & IUCN Status Summary
No. of Study Area Flora Composition Summary
Species Hb Cl Sh Tr Ev Dc An Pr Na Nt In
38 15 15 70 31 27 23 57 94 26 18
IUCN Categories
Extinct
(EW)
-- 2 64 1 1 -- -- -- -- 70
As evident from above table 64 plant species recorded from study area belong to Least Concern Category, 2 as Data Deficient, 1
species viz. Aegle marmelos as Near Threatened & 1 species viz. Saraca asoca as Vulnerable, whereas no IUCN information was
available on 70 species.
Though the Near Threatened & Vulnerable flora species were recorded in study area, proposed project activities during
construction & operational phase does not alter the surrounding terrestrial environment in whatsoever manner, thus these species
will not be affected due to proposed project activities.
3.13.5 Study Area Fauna
Avifauna
The detailed inventory of birds sighted during field visits in study area is given in Table 3.27.
Table 3.27: Study Area Avifauna Inventory

Listed in
Sr. IUCN
Family Scientific Name Common Name Schedule of
No. Status
WPA, 1972
1 Ardeola grayii Indian pond heron Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule IV
2 Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule IV
3 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
4 Phalacrocoracidae Microcarbo niger Little Cormorant Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule IV
5 Rallidae Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted Waterhen Least Concern ver 3.1 --
6 Leiothrichidae Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
7 Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
Pycnonotidae
8 Pycnonotus jocosus Red Whiskered Bulbul Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
9 Meropidae Merops orientalis Small Bee Eater Least Concern ver 3.1 --
10 Halcyonidae Halcyon smyrnensis White- throated Kingfisher Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
11 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove -- Schedule - IV
Columbidae
12 Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon Least Concern ver 3.1 --
13 Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis Small Blue Kingfisher Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
14 Charadriidae Vanellus indicus Red- wattled Lapwing Least Concern ver 3.1 --
15 Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
Dicruridae
16 Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy drongo Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
17 Corvus splendens House Crow Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - V
18 Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle Crow Least Concern ver 3.1 --
19 Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian Treepie Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
Listed in
Sr. IUCN
Family Scientific Name Common Name Schedule of
No. Status
WPA, 1972
20 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
Sturnidae
21 Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule - IV
22 Muscicapidae Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat Least Concern ver 3.1 --
23 Alaudidae Ammomanes phoenicura Rufous- tailed lark Least Concern ver 3.1 --
24 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin Least Concern ver 3.1 --
Muscicapidae
25 Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie-Robin Least Concern ver 3.1 --
26 Psittacidae Psittacula krameri Rose- ringed Parakeet Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule – IV
27 Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Kite Least Concern ver 3.1 --
28 Cuculidae Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule- IV
29 Passeridae Passer domesticus House sparrow Least Concern ver 3.1 --
30 Threskiornithidae Pseudibis papillosa Red-naped ibis Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule- IV
31 Oriolidae Oriolus kundoo Indian golden oriole Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule- IV
Reptiles
The detailed inventory of reptiles seen & known from interactions held with local during field visits in study area is given in
following Table.
Table 3.28: Study Area Reptile Inventory

Sr. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status Listed in Schedule of WPA, 1972
1 Agamidae Calotes versicolor Oriental Garden Lizard -- --
2 Scincidae Eutropis carinata Keeled Indian Mabuya Least Concern ver 3.1 --
3 Colubridae Ptyas mucosa Indian rat snake -- Schedule II (Part II)
4 Viperidae Daboia russelii Russell's viper Least Concern ver 3.1 Schedule II (Part II)
5 Elapidae Naja naja Indian cobra -- Schedule II (Part II)
6 Viperidae Echis carinatus Indian Saw-scaled Viper -- Schedule II (Part II)
Mammals
Except for some commonest mammal‟s viz. Squirrel, Monkey and domestic & stray animals, wild fauna was not seen during field
studies however interactions with locals revealed occasional sightings of some wild fauna around the Ratanpore Reserve Forests,
the detailed inventory mammals seen during site visits & know from locals is given in Table 3.29.
Table 3.29: Study Area Mammal Inventory

Listed in Schedule of WPA,
Sr. No. Family Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status
1972
Funambulus Least Concern ver
1 Sciuridae Indian palm squirrel --
palmarum 3.1
Least Concern ver
2 Macaca mulatta Rhesus macaque Schedule II (Part I)
3.1
Cercopithecidae
Semnopithecus Least Concern ver
3 Gray langur Schedule II (Part I)
entellus 3.1
4 -- -- Stray dog -- --
5 -- Bubalus sp. Domestic buffalo -- --
Least Concern ver
6 Cervidae Axis axis Spotted deer Schedule III
3.1
Least Concern ver
7 Leporidae Lepus nigricollis Indian hare Schedule IV
3.1
Indian grey Least Concern ver
8 Herpestidae Urva edwardsii Schedule II (Part I)
mongoose 3.1
3.13.5.1 Study Area Fauna Findings & Interpretation
Field studies in study area resulted in recording 31 bird species whereas 6 reptiles species & 8 mammal species are listed based on
field sightings & interactions with locals in study area. The IUCN status & WPA 1972 Schedule summary of the fauna is given in
Table 3.30.
Table 3.30: Study Area Fauna - IUCN Status & WPA 1972 Schedule Summary
Listed in
Extinct
Not Data Least Near Critically No IUCN Schedule
No. of Vulnerable Endangered in the Extinct
Fauna Evaluate Deficient Concern Threatened Endangered Information I of
Species (VU) (EN) Wild (EX)
d (DD) (LC) (NT) (CR) on species WPA,
(EW)
1972
Birds 31 -- -- 30 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 0
Reptiles 6 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 0
Mammals 8* -- -- 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0
* - 2 of the mammals were Stray dog & Domestic Buffalo hence IUCN Status & WPA 1972 listing could not be established
From the above table it is evident none of the Vulnerable, Threatened & Endangered and Schedule I listed fauna existed in study
area.
3.13.6 Ecological status of study area viz. habitat type & quality, species, diversity, rarity, fragmentation, ecological linkage
As discussed in earlier sections study area prevailed various terrain & physiographic settings by virtue of which following habitats
were in the study area.
Table 3.31: Habitat Types in Study Area

Sr.
Terrain/Physiography Habitat Description Remarks
No.
Scrub & Grass lands Khadoli, Avidha, Rajpardi,
1 Plains Scrub & Grass lands
Madhavapara, Sarsa
Tropical Dry Deciduous Vegetation (Type 5A Ratanpore, Kariya, Rampur & Kadavali Reserve
2 Hills & Hillocks
Tropical Deciduous Forests) Forests
Dense Vegetation
3 Naturally grown dense vegetation patches Dense vegetation in Karbirwad
Patch
Along the course of Narmada River & Kabir
4 Riverine Riparian
Bar River Island
3.13.7 Species Diversity
28 scrub plant species were recorded on project plot of which none belonged to Vulnerable, Threatened & Endangered categories
as per IUCN assessment, 138 plant species were recorded in study area of which 1 species viz. Aegle marmelos belonged to Near
Threatened category & 1 species viz. Saraca asoca belonged to Vulnerable category.
31 birds species, 6 mammal & 8 reptile species were recorded/known from study area of which none belonged to Vulnerable,
Threatened & Endangered categories & nor listed in Schedule I of WPA, 1972.
Of the recorded fauna & flora none were rare & endemic, habitat fragmentation & evident ecological linkage were not observed in
study area during field studies.
3.14 Socio-Economics
The impact could be positive or negative depends on the development activities

adopted and carried out by the company/industry. An assessment of socio - economic
environment forms an integral part of the EIA/EMP study. In order to improve the
quality of life of the people affected by the industrial activities it is necessary to
understand the socio- economic aspects and its trends in the study area.
Socio-demographic features / survey are very useful for understanding social and
economic problems and identifying potential solutions. To understand the socio
demographic status and the trends of the communities in the 10 km radius map
census 2011 & District census handbook 2011 has been contemplated and
necessary data collected and compiled from it. The Village Map of the Study Area is as
provided in Figure 3.19.
Figure 3.19: Village Map of the Study Area
3.14.1 Reconnaissance
EIA study for M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. A Proposed Silica Sand Beneficiation Plant
at Khadoli, Jhagadia, Bharuch, Gujarat, India. The details of information on
demographic structure of the villages in the study area presented in Table 3.32.
Table 3.32: List of Villages in the Study Area

SN District Tehsil Villages
1. Ore
2. Tothidara
3. Rundh
4. Krushnapuri
5. Vadhavana
6. Kakalpor
7. Sarsad
8. Roomalpura
Fichwada
9.
(Sarkari)
10. Jamboi
11. Umadhara
12. Kantidara
13. Bhalod
14. Prankad
15. Jarsad
16. Vanakpore
17. Pipdara
18. Sanjali
19. Achhalia
20. Tejpor
21. Uchchhab
Jhagadia Haripara
22.
(Dumala)
23. Sarsa
24. Rajpardi
25. Avidha
26. Pora
27. Limodara
28. Karad
29. Khadoli
30. Madhavpara
Boridara
31.
(Sarkari)
32. Nana Sorva
33. Rajpara
34. Bharuch Rupania
35. Kapat
36. Ambakhadi
37. Mota Sorva
38. Samarpara
39. Malipipar
40. Bhimpor
41. Simdhara
42. Jhagadia
43. Mota Sanja
Vaghpara
44.
(Sarkari)
Haripara
45.
(Sarkari)
46. Ratanpore
47. Bhuri
48. Maljipara
49. Gundecha
50. Kadwali
51. Bilvada
52. Razalwada
53. Pipalpan
54. Choki
55. Amalzar
56. Amod
57. Vankihathan
58. Kunvarpara
59. Sultanpura
60. Ranipara
61. Uchedia
62. Vanthevad
63. Kharia
64. Dholakuva
65. Andharkchhalaa
66. Damlai
67. Padvaniya
68. Rampore
69. Fulwadi
70. Moran
71. Selod
72. Padal
Malpor
73.
(Dumala)
74. Rajpore
75. shukltirth
76. Sindhot
77. Angareshwar
Bharuch
78. Nikora
79. Mangleshwar
80. Pura
81. Vadodara Karjan Moti Koral
82. Nani Koral
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, Bharuch &Vadodara District, State Gujarat
3.14.2 Objectives of Socio-Economic Assessment
 To examine, status of developmental parameter in identified study area.

 To identify the direct and indirect impact on the social environment as a result of
development project.
 To evaluate the nature and magnitude of these impacts.
 To provide probable mitigating measures on identified negative impacts due to
proposed development activity on socio economic environment.
3.14.3 Baseline Status
Baseline information is collected after delineation of the baseline study area in order to
study the socio-economic profile of the project affected area. The process related to
baseline database analysis includes:
 Demographic Structure
 Infrastructure Base
 Economic Structure
 Health Status
 Cultural Attributes
 Salient Observations
 Socio-economic status in relation with „Quality of Life‟
3.14.4 Demographic Structure
The demographic structure of the study area was derived primarily from data of Census
record of two district covering three tehsil and eighty two (82) villages. The
demographic structures of each village in the study area as per Census 2011 are
presented in Table 3.33. Summary of demographic structure is presented in Table
3.34.
Table 3.33: Demographic Structure of Village in the Study Area

Total Population 0-6 Child Population Scheduled Cast Scheduled Tribes
No. of
Area
Female
Female
Female
Female
SN Villages Househo
Total
Total
Total
Total
Male
Male
Male
Male
(ha)
ld
District- Bhauch, Tehsil- Jhagadia

1. Ore 262.3 137 626 331 295 85 46 39 11 4 7 153 81 72
2. Tothidara 449.12 108 510 264 246 51 30 21 32 17 15 114 55 59
3. Rundh 533.45 294 1436 757 679 159 85 74 4 2 2 191 106 85
4. Krushnapuri 383.49 141 625 337 288 70 38 32 0 0 0 132 75 57
5. Vadhavana 212.17 91 431 212 219 45 20 25 19 8 11 139 71 68
6. Kakalpor 188.29 129 613 320 293 75 39 36 5 2 3 358 179 179
7. Sarsad 770.72 216 1024 534 490 125 61 64 0 0 0 754 390 364
8. Roomalpura 277.48 71 337 174 163 36 25 11 0 0 0 332 171 161
Fichwada
9. 822.22 315 1327 667 660 172 87 85 6 3 3 1001 506 495
(Sarkari)
10. Jamboi 331.2 267 1271 666 605 160 85 75 79 40 39 1062 561 501
11. Umadhara 509.18 249 1087 561 526 129 61 68 104 50 54 633 326 307
12. Kantidara 250.31 137 660 341 319 87 50 37 0 0 0 655 338 317
13. Bhalod 1066.69 789 3476 1745 1731 389 200 189 253 116 137 485 256 229
14. Prankad 369.23 158 718 358 360 86 44 42 32 16 16 392 196 196
15. Jarsad 335.04 145 681 332 349 66 28 38 11 7 4 446 217 229
16. Vanakpore 602.58 427 2153 1075 1078 279 140 139 83 43 40 884 432 452
17. Pipdara 295.68 139 664 361 303 56 33 23 0 0 0 502 271 231
18. Sanjali 783.95 308 1447 743 704 153 72 81 21 10 11 812 412 400
19. Achhalia 389.81 156 640 322 318 62 31 31 12 6 6 421 205 216
20. Tejpor 425.55 155 624 349 275 47 31 16 7 5 2 526 290 236
21. Uchchhab 263.59 114 562 276 286 51 25 26 13 8 5 430 212 218
Haripara
22. 208.77 189 816 433 383 70 34 36 45 24 21 414 230 184
(Dumala)
23. Sarsa 631.17 401 1721 890 831 233 120 113 170 93 77 894 462 432
209
24. Rajpardi 945.44 2002 9303 4732 4571 1086 538 548 364 183 181 4180 2083
7
25. Avidha 854.27 738 3106 1582 1524 330 175 155 56 29 27 1294 653 641
26. Pora 398.98 214 866 449 417 78 37 41 8 2 6 816 425 391
27. Limodara 466.36 470 2314 1216 1098 251 122 129 88 42 46 1277 692 585
28. Karad 429.83 169 727 368 359 94 49 45 4 3 1 553 277 276
29. Khadoli 212.27 115 412 219 193 53 28 25 0 0 0 316 168 148
30. Madhavpara 495 248 1190 627 563 110 63 47 25 12 13 431 217 214
Boridara
31. 246.06 102 464 240 224 57 32 25 0 0 0 458 235 223
(Sarkari)
32. Nana Sorva 85.23 18 71 41 30 5 4 1 0 0 0 71 41 30
33. Rajpara 178.46 60 301 151 150 46 28 18 0 0 0 300 151 149
34. Rupania 525.28 57 279 129 150 32 14 18 0 0 0 275 127 148
35. Kapat 339.97 151 770 393 377 89 42 47 0 0 0 765 390 375
36. Ambakhadi 194.57 86 375 199 176 41 21 20 0 0 0 371 197 174
37. Mota Sorva 812.97 289 1394 693 701 186 94 92 0 0 0 1365 682 683
38. Samarpara 238.42 43 190 102 88 28 16 12 0 0 0 187 100 87
39. Malipipar 315.34 176 772 385 387 93 38 55 0 0 0 772 385 387
40. Bhimpor 478.54 85 459 220 239 79 36 43 0 0 0 459 220 239
41. Simdhara 113.51 98 495 268 227 43 21 22 0 0 0 444 241 203
42. Jhagadia 959.87 1197 5446 2779 2667 550 317 233 669 338 331 1600 786 814
43. Mota Sanja 339.24 215 1053 526 527 84 40 44 57 29 28 716 353 363
Vaghpara
44. 216.52 67 274 133 141 37 17 20 5 3 2 113 56 57
(Sarkari)
Haripara
45. 121.87 16 73 38 35 8 3 5 0 0 0 73 38 35
(Sarkari)
46. Ratanpore 1618.83 469 2130 1093 1037 262 130 132 0 0 0 1709 868 841
47. Bhuri 155 59 232 113 119 29 15 14 0 0 0 232 113 119
48. Maljipara 260.02 80 385 208 177 39 21 18 1 0 1 380 207 173
49. Gundecha 418.87 303 1500 751 749 213 125 88 5 3 2 1485 744 741
50. Kadwali 379.63 124 618 310 308 104 51 53 0 0 0 586 291 295
51. Bilvada 249.67 109 463 239 224 91 52 39 0 0 0 453 234 219
52. Razalwada 415.24 252 1102 563 539 156 79 77 9 4 5 1084 554 530
53. Pipalpan 388.25 170 876 452 424 102 54 48 3 2 1 869 449 420
54. Choki 432.56 84 374 183 191 61 36 25 0 0 0 374 183 191
55. Amalzar 340.08 329 1425 714 711 193 94 99 0 0 0 1419 710 709
56. Amod 642.7 188 860 426 434 91 51 40 3 2 1 854 422 432
57. Vankihathan 5.18 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
58. Kunvarpara 409.09 38 200 99 101 31 13 18 0 0 0 200 99 101
59. Sultanpura 738.65 1270 5864 3003 2861 570 280 290 257 122 135 1968 1002 966
60. Ranipara 249.3 459 2225 1125 1100 266 121 145 41 19 22 1530 769 761
61. Uchedia 605.18 538 2438 1249 1189 250 124 126 89 42 47 758 394 364
62. Vanthevad 326.9 134 661 349 312 82 43 39 0 0 0 542 286 256
63. Kharia 171.82 114 531 277 254 74 43 31 0 0 0 531 277 254
64. Dholakuva 479.12 63 310 158 152 45 19 26 0 0 0 306 156 150
Andharkachh
65. 175.18 56 293 156 137 45 28 17 0 0 0 279 149 130
ala
66. Damlai 464.24 130 563 298 265 80 49 31 0 0 0 562 297 265
102
67. Padvaniya 1117.11 478 2205 1149 1056 275 158 117 13 8 5 2142 1116
6
68. Rampore 414.1 89 436 219 217 61 32 29 0 0 0 436 219 217
69. Fulwadi 968.91 396 1783 916 867 202 103 99 5 2 3 1070 530 540
70. Moran 383.21 185 866 437 429 106 48 58 0 0 0 865 436 429
71. Selod 743.39 343 1653 836 817 179 95 84 20 13 7 1077 542 535
72. Padal 768.62 356 1743 880 863 209 111 98 0 0 0 1708 865 843
Malpor
73. 465.26 182 906 466 440 121 68 53 10 4 6 864 445 419
(Dumala)
74. Rajpore 317.06 78 339 165 174 44 17 27 0 0 0 316 153 163
5316 2706 260
Sub Total 33433.16 18828 86764 44372 42392 10047 5180 4867 2639 1316 1323
5 9 96
District- Bhauch, Tehsil- Bharuch
75. Shuklatirth 1657.48 1582 7502 3894 3608 737 412 325 253 131 122 2479 1285 1194
76. Sindhot 347.74 208 963 488 475 91 46 45 19 7 12 315 165 150
77. Angareshwar 518.48 398 1846 940 906 219 115 104 75 45 30 356 178 178
78. Nikora 1243.28 955 4563 2295 2268 461 226 235 170 101 69 1591 790 801
79. Mangleshwar 805.47 393 1938 1000 938 188 115 73 111 48 63 871 453 418
274
Sub Total 4572.45 3536 16812 8617 8195 1696 914 782 628 332 296 5612 2871
1
District- Vadodara, Tehsil- Karjan
80. Pura 551.88 239 1149 608 541 118 66 52 34 17 17 526 283 243
81. Moti Koral 674.34 602 2809 1437 1372 355 185 170 183 98 85 19 13 6
82. Nani Koral 524.3 157 723 377 346 78 35 43 39 21 18 306 157 149
Sub Total 1750.52 998 4681 2422 2259 551 286 265 256 136 120 851 453 398
3039 292
Total 39756.13 23362 108257 55411 52846 12294 6380 5914 3523 1784 1739 59628
3 35
Table 3.34: Summary of Demographic Structure in Study Area

No. of States 1
No. of District 2
No. of Tehsil 3
No. of Villages 82
Total Area of surveyed village (ha) 39756.13
Total No. of Households 23,362
Total Population 1,08,257
Density of Population (per km2) 272
Sex Ratio (No. of female\ 1000 males) 954
Child Population 12,294 (11.36%)
Scheduled Castes 3,523 (3.25%)
Scheduled Tribes 59,628 (55.08%)
Literacy 71,806 (66.33%)

Male (Literacy) 40,369 (37.29%)
Female( Literacy) 31,437 (29.04%)
Gujarat
Salient Features of Demographic Structure
Sex ratio (number of females per thousand of males) in the region is recorded as 954
indicating male population in the region is marginally higher than the female
population.
In the study area, Rajpardi village is likely to have High population density. The reason
for this could be equipped facilities like education, health, sanitization, banking and
transportation.
In the study area, Nana Sorva village is likely to have very low population density. The
reason for this could be lack of facilities like education, health, sanitization,
Communication banking and transportation.
3.14.5 Infrastructure Resources
The infrastructure resources base of the eleven study areas with reference to education,
medical facility, water supply, post and telegraph, transportation, communication
facility, power supply etc. according to the Village Directory Census CD 2011supply is
given in Table 3.35.
Table 3.35: Infrastructure Resource Base of the Study Area

Educat Communic Transporta
SN Village Name Medical Water Sanitation Road Bank Power SHG
ion ation tion
TWU,HP, TP,PCO, PSDU,PSAU,
1. Ore GPS NA ND GBS,A/MA BTPR,F NA SHG
TW/B,R/C MPC PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, OD,OPDU, TP,PCO, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
2. Tothidara GPS(2) PHSC GBS,A/MA NA SHG
TW/B,R/C OKD MPC F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, TP,PCO, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
3. Rundh GPS NA ND GBS,A/MA NA SHG
TW/B MPC F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, PSDU,PSAU,
4. Krushnapuri GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS,A/MA BTPR,F NA SHG
R/C PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, PSDU,PSAU,
5. Vadhavana GPS NA ND MPC GBS,A/MA BTPR,F NA SHG
R/C PSCU,PSAU
TWU,TW/ TP,PCO, PSDU,PSAU,
6. Kakalpor GPS NA ND GBS,A/MA GKR,F NA SHG
B,R/C MPC PSCU,PSAU
TWU,TW/ PSDU,PSAU,
7. Sarsad GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS,A/MA BTPR,F NA SHG
B,R/C PSCU,PSAU
8. Roomalpura GPS NA ND GBS,A/MA NA SHG
Fichwada TWU,HP, TP,PCO, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
9. GPS(4) NA ND GBS,A/MA NA SHG
(Sarkari) TW/B MPC F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
10. Jamboi GPS(2) NA OD,OPDU TP, MPC GBS,A/MA NA SHG
TW/B F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP,
GBS,A/MA,T PSDU,PSAU,
11. Umadhara GPS PHSC TW/B,R/C ND TP, MPC BTPR,F NA SHG
RC PSCU,PSAU
,T/P/L
12. Kantidara GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS NA SHG
TW/B F PSCU,PSAU
GPS(2), PHSC,PH TWU,TW/ TP,PCO, GBS,/MA,V BTPR,GKR, CB,C PSDU,PSAU,
13. Bhalod ND SHG
GSS SC B,R/C MPC TRC F OB PSCU,PSAU
CW,UW,H
TP,PCO, GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,WB PSDU,PSAU,
14. Prankad GPS PHSC P,R/C,T/P ND NA SHG
MPC TRC M,GKR,F PSCU,PSAU
/L,O
TWU,HP, PSDU,PSAU,
15. Jarsad GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC BTPR,F NA SHG
TW/B PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, SPO,TP, GBS,A/MA,T BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
16. Vanakpore GPS PHSC OD,OPDU NA SHG
TW/B MPC RC F PSCU,PSAU
17. Pipdara GPS NA ND NA SHG
TW/B MPC RC F PSCU,PSAU
18. Sanjali GPS PHSC ND NA SHG
TW/B MPC RC,SH F PSCU,PSAU
19. Achhalia GPS NA OD,OPDU TP,MPC GBS,TRC,SH NA SHG
R/C,T/P/L F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, BTPR,WB PSDU,PSAU,
20. Tejpor GPS NA ND TP,MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
TW/B M,GKR,F PSCU,PSAU
21. Uchchhab NA NA TWU,HP, OD,OPDU TP,PCO, GBS,PBS,TR BTPR,GKR, NA PSDU,PSAU, SHG
TW/BUW, MPC C F PSCU,PSAU

T/P/L,O
TWU,HP,
Haripara TP,PCO, GBS,PBS,TR BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
22. NA NA TW/B,UW ND NA SHG
(Dumala) MPC C F PSCU,PSAU
,O
A/MA,GBS,P
TWU,HP, OD,OPDU, TP,PCO, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
23. Sarsa GPS NA BS,T,V,TRC,S NA SHG
R/C,UW OKD MPC F PSCU,PSAU
H
GPS(2), TWU,HP,
GBS,PBS,RS, CB,C
PPS(2), TW/B,CW PO,TP,PCO, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
24. Rajpardi PHSC OD,OPDC TA/MA,V,TR OB,A SHG
GSS,PS ,UW,R/C, MPC F PSCU,PSAU
C,SH TM
S,GSSS T/P/L
GPS,GS PHC,PHS PO,TP,PCO, CB,C PSDU,PSAU,
25. Avidha TWU,HP OD,OPDC GBS,TRC BTPR,F SHG
S,GSSS C MPC OB PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, PSDU,PSAU,
26. Pora GPS NA OD,OPDU TP, MPC GBS BTPR,F NA NA
TW/B PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, SPO,TP,PC PSDU,PSAU,
27. Limodara GPS PHSC OD,OPDU GBS,TRC,SH BTPR,F NA SHG
UW,R/C O, MPC PSCU,PSAU
28. Karad GPS NA OD,OPDU TP, MPC GBS,TRC,SH NA NA
TW/B WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, PSDU,PSAU,
29. Khadoli GPS PHSC ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC,SH BTPR,F NA SHG
TW/B PSCU,PSAU
30. Madhavpara NA PHSC TWU,HP, OD,OPDC, TP,PCO, GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,GKR, NA PSDU,PSAU, SHG
TW/B,CW OPDU MPC ,TRC,SH F PSCU,PSAU

,UW,T/P/
L
Boridara TWU,HP, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
31. GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
(Sarkari) TW/B,R/C F PSCU,PSAU
BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
32. Nana Sorva NA NA HP,TW/B ND MPC GBS NA NA
F PSCU,PSAU
33. Rajpara GPS NA ND MPC GBS NA NA
TW/B,UW WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
34. Rupania GPS NA ND MPC NA NA SHG
TW/B WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
35. Kapat GPS NA ND GBS,TRC NA SHG
OD,OPDU, PSDU,PSAU,
36. Ambakhadi GPS NA TWU,HP MPC GBS BTPR,F NA SHG
OKD PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, SPO,TP,PC BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
37. Mota Sorva GPS(2) NA ND GBS,TRC NA SHG
UW O, MPC F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, BTPR,WB PSDU,PSAU,
38. Samarpara GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS NA NA
TW/B M,F PSCU,PSAU
39. Malipipar GPS NA HP,UW,S ND MPC GBS,SH NA SHG
F PSCU,PSAU
TP,PCO, GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
40. Bhimpor GPS NA CW,UW OD,OPDC NA SHG
MPC ,TRC,SH F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, SPO,TP, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,

41. Simdhara GPS NA ND GBS,SH NA SHG
TW/B MPC WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
GPS(3), TWU,HP, CB,C
PHSC,M PO,TP,PCO, GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
42. Jhagadia PPS,PS TW/B,R/C OD,OPDU OB,A SHG
&CWC MPC TRCRS,T,SH WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
S ,T/P/L TM
TWU,,HP, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
43. Mota Sanja GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC,SH NA SHG
TW/B F PSCU,PSAU
Vaghpara TWU,HP, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
44. GPS NA ND MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
(Sarkari) UW,T/P/L WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
Haripara TWU,HP, PSDU,PSAU,
45. NA NA ND TP, MPC GBS,SH BTPR,F NA SHG
(Sarkari) TW/B,UW PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, TP,PCO, GBS,PBS,TR BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
46. Ratanpore GPS PHSC ND NA SHG
UW,T/P/L MPC C F PSCU,PSAU
47. Bhuri GPS NA OD,OKD MPC GBS NA SHG
UW F PSCU,PSAU
48. Maljipara GPS(2) NA OD,OPDC GBS,SH NA SHG
UW MPC F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP,
SPO,TP,PC BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
49. Gundecha GPS(3) NA TW/B,R/C ND GBS,SH NA SHG
O, MPC F PSCU,PSAU
,UW
50. Kadwali GPS PHSC HP,UW ND SPO, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
F PSCU,PSAU
51. Bilvada GPS(2) NA HP,TW/B, ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC BTPR,F NA PSDU,PSAU, SHG
UW PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP, SPO,TP, PSDU,PSAU,
52. Razalwada GPS PHSC ND GBS,TRC BTPR,F NA SHG
TW/B,UW MPC PSCU,PSAU
TP,PCO, PSDU,PSAU,
53. Pipalpan GPS NA HP,UW ND GBS BTPR,F NA SHG
MPC PSCU,PSAU
PSDU,PSAU,
54. Choki GPS NA HP ND TP,MPC GBS,TRC,SH BTPR,F NA SHG
PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP,
TP,PCO, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
55. Amalzar GPS NA TW/B,R/C ND GBS NA SHG
MPC WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
,UW
PO,TP, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
56. Amod GPS(2) PHSC HP,UW OD,OKD GBS NA SHG
MPC F PSCU,PSAU
57. Vankihathan unhabituated village
TWU,HP, OD,OPD BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
58. Kunvarpara GPS NA TP, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
S,T/P/L U F PSCU,PSAU
GPS,PP
TWU,HP,
S(3),GS GBS,PBS,T,A
TW/B,CW OD,OPD BTPR,GKR, CB,A PSDU,PSAU,
59. Sultanpura S(2),PS PHSC TP,PCO, MPC /MA,V,TRC, SHG
,UW,R/C, U WBM,F TM PSCU,PSAU
S(2),GS SH
T/P/L
SS
TWU,TW/ SPO,TP,PCO, PSDU,PSAU,
60. Ranipara GPS PHSC OD,OKD GBS,TRC,SH BTPR,F NA SHG
B MPC PSCU,PSAU
61. Uchedia GPS NA TWU,HP, OD,OPD SPO,TP,PCO, GBS,A/MA,T BTPR,WB NA PSDU,PSAU, SHG
TW/B U MPC RC,SH M,F PSCU,PSAU

TWU,HP, GBS,A/MA,T BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
62. Vanthevad GPS NA ND TP, MPC NA SHG
T/P/L RC,SH F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP,
63. Kharia GPS NA TW/B,S,T/ ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
F PSCU,PSAU
P/L
TWU,HP,
64. Dholakuva GPS NA TW/B,S,T/ ND TP,MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
F PSCU,PSAU
P/L
65. Andharkachhala GPS NA HP,S ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP,
TW/B,S,T/ BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
66. Damlai GPS NA ND TP,MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
P/L,UW,R F PSCU,PSAU
/C,T/P/L
TWU,HP,
TW/B,S,R ,SPO,TP, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
67. Padvaniya GPS PHSC ND GBS,TRC NA SHG
/C,T/P/L, MPC F PSCU,PSAU
CW,UW
TWU,HP,
BTPR,WB PSDU,PSAU,
68. Rampore GPS NA TW/B,S,T/ ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC,SH NA SHG
M,F PSCU,PSAU
P/L,S
79. Fulwadi GPS(4) NA TWU,HP, ND SPO,TP, MPC GBS BTPR,GKR, NA PSDU,PSAU, SHG
TW/B,S,T/ F PSCU,PSAU
P/L,UW,R
/C
70. Moran GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
R/C,T/P/L F PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP,
GBS,PBS,A/
TW/B,S,T/ SPO,TP,PCO, BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
71. Selod GPS NA ND MA,V,TRC,S NA SHG
P/L,R/C,C MPC F PSCU,PSAU
H
W,UW
TWU,HP, GBS,PBS,A/
OD,OPD BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
72. Padal GPS PHSC TW/B,S,T/ TP,PCO, MPC MA,V,TRC,S NA SHG
U F PSCU,PSAU
P/LUW,S H
Malpor HP,R/C,U BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
73. NA NA ND MPC TRC NA NA
(Dumala) W,S F PSCU,PSAU
HP,R/CU BTPR,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
74. Rajpore GPS NA ND TP, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
W,S GKR,F PSCU,PSAU
GPS(4), PHC,PHS CB,C
TWU,HP, OD,OPD PO,TP,PCO, GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,WB PSDU,PSAU,
75. Shukltirth PPS,GS C,M&C OB,A SHG
R/C U MPC ,TRC,SH M,F PSCU,PSAU
S WC,VH CS
TWU,HP,
GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,WB PSDU,PSAU,
76. Sindhot GPS NA TW/B,T/P OD,OPDC SPO,TP, MPC ACS SHG
,TRC M,F PSCU,PSAU
/L
77. Angareshwar GPS NA TWU,HP, ND TP,PCO, MPC GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,WB NA PSDU,PSAU, SHG
R/C,UW , TRC,SH M,F PSCU,PSAU

TWU,HP,
GPS(2),
TW/B,T/P OD,OPD SPO,TP,PCO, GBS,A/MA,V BTPR,GKR, CB,A PSDU,PSAU,
78. Nikora PPS(2), NA SHG
/L,R/C,U U MPC , TRC,SH WBM,F CS PSCU,PSAU
GSS
W
TWU,HP,
SPO,TP,PCO, GBS,TRC,T,S BTPR,WB PSDU,PSAU,
79. Mangleshwar GPS PHSC TW/B,T/P OD,OKD ACS SHG
MPC H M,F PSCU,PSAU
/L,R/C
TWU,HP,
80. Pura GPS NA TW/B,R/C ND TP,PCO, MPC GBS,TRC NA SHG
WBM,F PSCU,PSAU
,T/P/L
GPS,GS TWU,HP, GBS,PBS,A/ BTPR,GKR, CB,A PSDU,PSAU,
81. Moti Koral PHSC ND TP,PCO, MPC SHG
S TW/B,R/C MA,V,TRC WBM,F TM PSCU,PSAU
TWU,HP,
GBS,PBS,A/ WBM,GKR, PSDU,PSAU,
82. Nani Koral GPS NA TW/B,R/C OD,OPDC TP,PCO, MPC NA SHG
MA F PSCU,PSAU
,CW
Source: District Census Handbook 2011, Bharuch &Vadodara District, State Gujarat
Abbreviations:
EDUCATION MEDICAL WATER TRANSPORTATION SANITATION COMMUNICATION
FACILITY
AC: Anganwadi AH: Allopathic TWT: Tap Water GBS: Govt. Bus OD: Open PO: Post Office
Center Hospital Treated Service Drainage
GPPS: Govt. Pre - PHC: Primary TWU; Tap Water A/MA: Auto/Modified OPDC: Open Pucca SPO: Sub Post Office
Primary School Health Centre Untreated Autos Drainage Covered
GPS: Govt. PHSC: Primary CW; Covered Well V:Van OPDU: Open Pucca P&TO: Post &Telegraph
Primary School Health Sub Centre Drainage office
Uncovered
PPS: Private M&CWC: UW: Uncovered T:Taxi ND: No Drainage TP: Telephone
Primary School Maternity And Well
Child Welfare
Centre
GMS: Govt. FWC: Family HP; Hand Pump SH: State Highway OKD: Open PCO: Public Call Office
Middle School Welfare Centre Kuccha Drainage
PMS: Private D: Dispensary R/C: River/Canal ROAD BANK POWER
Middle School
GSS: Govt. VH: Veterinary T/P/L: BTPR: Black Topped CB: Commercial PSDU: Power Supply for
Secondary School Hospital Tank/Pond/Lake Road Bank Domestic use
GSS: Govt. NA: Not TW: Tube GKR: Gravel (kuchha) COB: Co Operative PSAU: Power Supply
Secondary School Applicable Wells/Borehole Road Bank Agriculture use
GSSS: Govt. Senior SHG: SELF HELP AWR: All Weather ACS: Agriculture PSCU: Power Supply For
Secondary School GROUP Road Credit Society Commercial Use
PSSS: Private F:Foothpath PSAU: Power Supply For
Senior Secondary All Users
School
3.14.6 Socio-Economic Survey - Sampling Methodology
In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any developmental
projects on socio-economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehensions of
the people in the project area. Socio-economic survey serves as an effective tool for
fulfilling this requirement. Socio-economic survey through interviews, questionnaire,
focused group discussion was conducted in 7 villages of the study area. Sarpanch, ward
members, school teachers, medical practitioners, self-help group members and village
youth and other respondents (adult‟s male-female) are involved for awareness and
opinion, by using judgmental or purposive sampling methods representing different
socioeconomic sections of the community. The respondents were asked for their
awareness/opinion about the project, job opportunities, drinking water, road and
drainage construction, education, health care, housing, transportation facility and
economic status. The villages selected for socio-economic survey based on the impact
prone with reference to the industry activities; selected 7 villages in the10 km. study
area. The discussions were made in the locality with the villagers in the study area as
shown below:
Data Collection Method
In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any developmental
projects on socio-economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehensions of
the people in project area. For the process of data collection through primary and
secondary sources certain methods are used as given below:
Field Survey and Observation
Field survey and observations is made at each sampling villages and the quality of life of
that region is studied. Visits are made to hospitals, primary health centres to know the
health status of the region. Various governmental organizations such as statistical
department, department of census operations are visited to collect the population
details of that region.
Interview Method
Structured interview method is used to collect data regarding the awareness and
opinion of sample selected from various socio-economic sections of the community.
Structured interviews involve the use of predetermined set of questions that includes
fixed and alternative questions. The questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters
such as income, employment and working conditions, housing, food, clothing, water
supply, sanitation, health, energy, transportation, communication, education,
environment and pollution to assess the quality of life of that particular region, general
awareness and opinion of the respondents about the project. Interview method helps to
collect error free and accurate information to the interviewer during the field survey.
The respondents were asked for their awareness / opinion about the project and also
the impacts of the project which is an important aspect of socio-economic environment,
viz. job opportunities, education, health care, transportation facility and economic
status.
Focus Group Discussion
A focus group discussion is a small, but demographically diverse group of people It is a

form of qualitative research consisting of interviews in which a group of people are
asked about their perceptions, opinions, beliefs, and attitudes towards an employment,
income, transport, education, Medical facilities, Sanitation, housing, health, agriculture,
pollution etc. Questions are asked in an interactive group setting where participants are
free to talk with other group members. During this process, the researcher either takes
notes.
Through the focus group discussion of all these factors, the proposed project helps in
evaluating socio-economic conditions in the study area.
The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving the stakeholders,
particularly the project beneficiaries and probable affected persons through a series of
consultative process. The population groups consulted include beneficiary group of
people shopkeepers, farmers, school teachers, gram panchayat sarpanch/members,
village leaders, etc. Out of total 68 villages within the Study Area; Socio-Economic
Survey was conducted in 7 representative villages which were approximately over 10%
of the villages in the Study Area.
Observations on Infrastructure Resources:
The significant features of these important parameters for each study area are discussed
as follows:
(a) Education Facilities: In the study area, education is available from Primary
School to Senior Secondary School. Higher education facilities along with
Colleges and other diploma courses are available at Bharuch and are 23 km away
from the project site.
(b) Medical Facilities: There are Twenty three (23) government healthcare facilities
available within the study area. However; Fifty Nine (59) villages in the study
areas were lacking in medical facilities. In the study area list of villages with
Twenty three (23) government health services available and Fifty Nine (59)
villages lacking medical facilities Table 3.23 is given in. Hospitals and other
better medical facilities were available at Bharuch.
(c) Drinking Water: The main water supply in the surveyed villages is through well,
tap water, hand pump, and tube well is the main sources of drinking water in the
region. But after the surveys it was noticed that the people in the area faced
problems with water during summer.
(d) Power Supply: All villages are availing electricity facility for all purpose. Load
shedding was a common problem being faced by the villagers. The solar system
was also available in some surveyed villages.
(e) Transportation: For transportation purpose Government bus and Auto Service
are available in the study area. Transportation facilities were not frequently
available in the region. Private vehicles like Bicycles and Motor Cycles were
mostly used by villagers for transportation purpose.
(f) Communication Facilities: For communication purpose mainly Sub Post Office,
Telephone, Mobile phones and newspaper are available in most of the villages.
(g) Agriculture: Most of the respondents are engaged in labor work, agriculture,
and livestock activities. Farming is the main occupation; a few respondents
service in government sectors. Most of the respondents are labors and others are
trying to migrate towards other city places.
(h) Houses: Most of the houses are pakka and Semi pakka with good construction in
the study area.
(i) Employment: Main occupations of the people in the study area are agriculture
and labor work. As directed by the Gujarat, Office of the Labour Commissioner,
the revised minimum rates of wages in the six schedules of Employment covered
under Minimum Wages Act, 1948- The Minimum Wages rule 1961 in the Gujarat
are as follows: Unskilled – Rs 316/day; Semi-Skilled/ Unskilled Supervisiory – Rs
324/day; Skilled/Clerical – Rs 333/day;
(j) Fuel: The primary source of cooking fuel is LPG and wood. Kerosene is also been
as per the requirement.
(k) Main Crops: The principal crops grown in agricultural farm are Cotton, Tur,
Sorghum, Sugarcane, Wheat, Banana, Pigeon Pea, Sesame, Castor, Rice, Wheat
Pulses, etc. Average crop productivity of Cotton is 10-12 quintal per acre.
(l) Language: The most widely spoken language within the study area is gujarati
and hindi.
(m) Migration: During survey it was found that local population were migrating
maximum towards the Bhavnagar as a purpose of employment and some to
other states.
(n) Sanitation: Systems of individual and combined septic tanks are in use at some
places of this Study area. Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required
in a house. Most of the households were having toilet facilities in their houses.
most of the villages did not have drainage line facility. Some of the houses in the
villages did not have toilet facility and people go out in the open to defecate.
Results in lot of inconvenience to the female members, as well as these results in
health related diseases. The overall condition of cleanliness is not satisfactory in
the villages of study area.
(o) Road Connectivity: Most of the roads are tar and connects to the villages. Both
tar and gravel roads were commonly seen in the villages.
(p) Market Facility: Study area is predominantly rural type. In villages, small shops
are available for daily needs. Bharuch is major hub for all type of facilities in the
area.
(q) Recreation: Temples, Samajbhawan, Television and Radio are the main
recreation facilities in the study area. Newspaper/Magazine is also used by the
villagers.
3.14.7 Employment Pattern
Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically active
group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work may be defined as
participation in any economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical
or mental in nature. Work not only involves actual work but also effective supervision
and direction of work. It also includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.
There are different types of workers that may be classified as - those persons who had
worked for at least six months or 180 days are treated to be Main Workers, on the other
hand if person categorized as worker has participated in any economic or productive
activity for less than six months or 180 days during the last one year is treated as
Marginal Worker. Non–workers are those who have not worked any time at all in the
year preceding the enumeration.
The workers coming under the main and marginal workers category are those involved
in activities such as cultivation, agriculture, livestock, forestry, fishing, hunting,
plantations, orchards and allied activities, mining and quarrying, manufacturing,
processing, servicing and repairs in household industry, construction, trade and
commerce, transport, storage and communication and other services.
Table 3.36: Summary of Economic Attributes in Study Area

Total Worker 48,479 (44.78%)
Marginal Worker 9,304 (8.59%)
Non Worker 59,778 (55.55%)
Main Worker 39,175 (36.19%)
Cultivators 6,147 (15.69%)
Agriculture 22,291 (56.90%)
Household 627 (1.60%)
Others 10,110 (25.81)
Gujarat
3.14.8 Health Status
Diarrhea / Cholera, Malaria, eye disease, skin disease and Unhygienic are the general
health problems, which are attributed due to improper sanitation, mosquito nuisance
and water logging. Malaria is one of the most frequently occurring diseases and also
respiratory infection in the region.
Cultural and Aesthetic Environment
There is no, culturally and aesthetically important of tourist places in the study area.
Hence, there shall be no impact on places of interest.
3.14.9 Quality of Life Assessment
Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic

environment in a given area. QoL is defined as a function between “objective
conditions” and “subjective attitudes” involving a defined “area” of concern.
The “Objective Conditions” are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a physical,

sociological event or economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as any
number, which stands for a given quantity of a variable of interest as soon as it is
independent of subjective opinion.
Subjective attitude” is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions. It is

specifically concerned with „how aspects of cognition vary as objective conditions vary‟.
Once objective measures are obtained for each factor they are transformed to a normal
scale varying from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the lowest or
least satisfactory measure, and 1 corresponds to the highest. The weights are assigned
to each factor by ranked-pair wise technique (by the expert group) based on the
secondary data and general observations.
For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed for each
individual of the sample population by asking him to rate his satisfaction scale (value
function curve). It is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal
satisfaction and 1 corresponds to the highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned
to each factor using ranked - pair wise comparison techniques.
The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are:
1. Employment 9. Power
2. Income 10. Sanitation
3. Health 11. Agriculture
4. Medical Facilities 12. Cost of Living
5. Communication 13. Business
6. Transportation 14. Recreation
7. Education 15. Per Capita Income
8. Housing 16. Pollution
Subjective, objective and cumulative quality of life is estimated as:
Subjective Quality of Life Index

m p
QoLs = 1/p  
i 1 j 1
Qlij x Wi
Where,
QoLs = Subjective quality of life index
p = No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p
m = No. of factors, i = 1, ......, m
Qlij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by
jthrespondent
Qlij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all
respondents in an area
Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor
Objective Quality of Life Index

m

QoLo = i 1 Qlij x Wi
Where,
QoLo = Objective quality of life index
n = No. of QoL Factors
I = 1, ......, n
QIi = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group)

for the ith objective indicator
Wi = Normalized weight for ith factor
Cumulative Quality of Life Index
Village wise subjective, objective and cumulative quality of life index is given in Table
3.37.
Table 3.37: Village-wise Quality of Life Index in the Study Area

Quality of Life
SN Name of Villages
Subjective Objective Cumulative
1. Khadoli 0.49 0.51 0.50
2. Avidha 0.52 0.54 0.53
3. Rajpardi 0.54 0.56 0.55
4. Sakadiya 0.56 0.58 0.57
5. Madhavpara 0.51 0.53 0.52
6. Bhimpor 0.52 0.54 0.51
7. Simdhara 0.51 0.53 0.52
0.52 0.54 0.53
Results of QoL: The average QoL index values are estimated as:
QoL (S) = 0.52
QoL (O) = 0.54

QoL (C) = 0.53
The average QoL index value for the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to
satisfactory status like, educational facilities, also availability of basic needs viz., food,
clothing & housing. Medical, Sanitation, Communication and Bank facilities were not
adequate in the study area; Improvement in these fields will help to increase quality of
life of the study area.
3.14.10 Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan (R & R Plan)

As there is no existing settlement on the proposed project area, there are no issues of
resettlement or rehabilitation.
Awareness and Opinion of People about the Project
 An attempt has been made to know the awareness and opinion of the people
about the proposed Construction of M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd.
 Most of the people in the village know about the proposed construction of
Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd
 The Rajpardi and Sakadi villagers said that since the problem of dust is high,
truck transport should be done from outside the village.
 Villagers also need better health services and also transportation facilities.
 Villagers also added that due to non-availability of technical education most of

the local educated youth are not offered jobs. So they would prefer professional
educational and skill development training facilities in the region under proposed
project activities.
 There are many Industries in the village where the crushing work is always going
on, so the dust is blown away and this is increasing the sore throat of the people,
said some villagers.
3.15 Traffic Analysis
The present project site is located in outside industrial area. The raw material required
as waste sand material will be procured from GMDC mines.The traffic surveys were
conducted within the study area for better understanding of the traffic density pattern.
However, all required raw materials & finished goods will be transported through Satte
Highway 64 (SH 64: GMDC Road), which is the nearest major road available to project
site within study area.
Considering nearby land use from the project site; many small & large industries are
present in nearby region (Ankleshwar & Jhagadiya GIDC); which are also major
contributor for increase in traffic density. Apart from this, the man power required for
entire industrial works of Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. and nearby industries are majorly
belongs to nearby region.
The major traffic on this road comprises of heavy vehicles like truck, mini trucks, and
private vehicles such as four wheelers.
The present section discusses the results of assessment of the present scenario of local
transportation and connectivity to the project site. The study attempts to achieve this by
analyzing the adequacy of the existing infrastructure related to vehicular movement.
Based on this the impacts of increased load of transportation related facilities will be
proposed. Accordingly appropriate mitigation measures are suggested at the end of the
section in order to eliminate or minimize the impacts related to vehicular congestion
around the project site.
3.15.1 Data Collection
The transport roads for the proposed project have been identified; transportation of
material carrying vehicles will mainly take place through SH 64 which is passing
adjoining to the project site in north direction. The important traffic junctions identified
on the above road are:
i) TS1 (Intersection of SH 64 & Raod connecting GMDC Rajpardi Mine Nr. Kabir Mandir,
Rajpardi)
ii) TS2 (On SH 64 Nr. Ratanpore)
Figure 3.20: Traffic Study Locations
Table 3.38: Traffic Study Observation Locations

Aerial Distance
Sr. Observation
Observation Point Details from project
No. Point Code
site (km)
Intersection of SH64 & Raod connecting GMDC
1 TS1 1.85
Rajpardi Mine Nr. Kabir Mandir, Rajpardi)
2 TS2 On SH 64 Nr. Ratanpore 3.37
3.15.2 Categorization of Traffic
To establish effective vehicle count during the survey the traffic was categorized into
Heavy Vehicles (Multi Axle Vehicles), Truck, Tempo, Bus, Car, Auto (Three Wheelers),
Motorcycle (Bike) & Cycle. The results of vehicle count are converted into Passenger Car
Units (PCU‟s) as per the equivalent PCUs prescribed by Indian Road Congress (IRC)
guidelines. The equivalency factor for various types of vehicles is as given in Table 3.39.
Table 3.39: Recommended PCU factors for Various Types of Vehicles on Urban
Roads
Equivalent PCU‟s
Type of Vehicle
5% 10% & above
Two Wheelers, Motor Cycle or Scooter
0.5 0.75
etc.
Passenger Car, Pick-up Van 1.0 1.0
Auto-Rickshaw 1.2 2.0
Light Commercial Vehicle 1.4 2.0
Truck or Bus 2.2 3.7
Agricultural Tractor Trailer 4.0 5.0
Cycle 0.4 0.5
Cycle Rickshaw 1.5 2.0
Tonga (Horse drawn vehicle) 1.5 2.0
Hand Cart 2.0 3.0
Source IRC: 106-1990
3.15.3 Observation & Assessment
The summary of Traffic details in terms of PCUs for the traffic locations is prescribed in
the Table No 3.40.
Prepared by Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech (P) Ltd, Salem, Tamil Nadu Page 144
Table 3.40: Summary of Traffic Count in terms of PCU’s during Peak Hours
Time TS1 TS2
Morning Peak Hours
8 A.m. to 9 A.m. 351 438
9 A.m. to 10 A.m. 443 531
10 A.m. to 11 A.m. 489 622
11 a.m. to 12 P.m. 412 519
12 P.m. to 1 P.m. 348 368
Total PCUs 2043 2478
Average PCUs Per Hour 408.6 495.6
Evening Peak hours
4 P.m. to 5 P.m. 459 512
5 P.m. to 6 P.m. 645 721
6 P.m. to 7 P.m. 712 786
7 P.m. to 8 P.m. 741 809
8 P.m. to 9 P.m. 832 889
Total PCUs 3389 3717
Average PCUs Per Hour 677.8 743.4
3.15.4 Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Services
The details of the existing Level of Service are presented in the Table 3.41.
Table 3.41: Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Service

Increased Total Increased Total
Components TS1 TS2
PCU‘s PCU's PCU‘s PCU's
Morning Peak Hours
Total Average 18.5 (5 18.5 (5
499.1 495.6 514.1
PCUs/Hr 480.6 Trucks) Trucks)
Capacity of Road as
2400 PCUs/hr 2400 PCUs/hr
per IRC
Proposed capacity
0.20 0.20
ratio
A A
Level of Service
(Excellent) (Excellent)
Evening Peak Hours
18.5 18.5
Total PCUs 696.3
677.8 (5 Trucks) 743.4 (5Trucks) 761.9
Capacity of Road as
2400 PCUs/hr 2400 PCUs/hr
per IRC
Proposed capacity
0.28 0.30
ratio
B B
Level of Service
(Very Good) (Very Good)
3.15.5 Interpretation
The entire traffic study was conducted on SH64, since it is present near to project site
and it is the only route for transportation of raw materials and finished products.
According to the results obtained the total PUCs at TS2 is comparatively higher than
TS1. The above results indicated that the level of existing service is in range of Excellent
to Very Good.
Chapter 4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &
MITIGATION MEASURES
CHAPTER 4: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict,

evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the proposed project on
the surrounding environment.
This section of the report provides an assessment of the potential impacts on different
identified environmental components, which are likely to occur during the construction
phase of the proposed project. However, by adopting appropriate management
measures, the majority of the assessed impacts can be mitigated.
The major potential impacts associated with the proposed project are impact on soil,
impact on water resources and area drainage, air quality degradation, noise impacts,
impact on ecological environment, land use changes, impact on health and safety,
impact on socio-economic features, impact on community activities.
The identified impacts due to the proposed project can be mitigated through the
incorporation of appropriate measures at different stages of the project. This will ensure
the best design with minimal damage to or loss of significant or sensitive features such
as roadside vegetation, local water resources, etc.
4.1 Details of Anticipated Sources & Environmental Impacts
4.1.1 Sources & Impact Identification – Air Environment
To identify impacts of proposed activities on air environment; air quality dispersion

modeling is carried out using AERMOD software.
The overall probable environmental impacts are divided into two categories:
 Construction Phase
 Operation Phase
AERMODCloud is used to estimate emission/incremental values during the construction

phase, however; CALINEPro is used to estimate emissions from vehicular emissions
during the operational phase of the proposed project.
It shall be noted that, decommissioning or rehabilitation activities are not involved in

proposed project.
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.1.1 Soures & Impacts during Construction Phase
Being a green field project, establishment of plant and machineries for Silica sand
benficiation and clay brick manufacturing will be done within the plot, Also,
construction of shade for storage of products and raw material will be done. However,
no major civil construction is required except foundation work for machineries and
equipments.
Such construction activities including site clearance, stockpiling & material handling,
and dust nuisance are the major sources of air pollution. SO2 & NOx will be emitted
from the diesel powered mechanical equipments/machineries. However, the number of
such equipments/machineries will be limited.
Dust emissions generally differ from day to day, depending on the level of activity, the
specific operation and the prevailing meteorological conditions. Therefore for predicting
the quantitative value of TSPM that would be generated due to the construction activity
an emission factor from AP-42 Section 13.2.3.1 (U.S.EPA,1995) has been used. The
emission factor is E = 1.2 tons/acre/month of activity. The mentioned value is most
applicable to construction operations with a) medium activity level, b) moderate silt
contents and 3) semi-arid climate.
The total area under construction activity will be around 12968 sq. m. Moreover,
estimated time for completion of work would be around 5 months. The estimated value
will be conservatively high for TSPM for worst-case scenario. The emission would be
around 3.84 tons/month of the activity. However, the emission would be reduced to
around 90 to 95 %, as control measures will be adopted. There would be max. 20
temporary workers appointed for construction activity who may get affected by the dust
pollution. Workers being exposed to the dust generated due to the minor construction
activity can suffer from respiratory problems and prolonged exposure to dusty
environment can lead to malfunctioning of lungs.
4.1.1.2 Sources & Impacts during Operational Phase
For the proposed operation phase; activities such as vehicle transportation, operation of
plant & machineries, material storage handling and DG set operation are identified as
the major sources of air pollutans.
To identify the air emission rate from proposed operation facility, Air dispersion
modelling has been carried out for differen AAQ parameters.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Following sources are considered for dispersion modelling
1) Material storage and Handling
2) Vehicular movement
The proposed DG of 1000 kVA capacity to be installed with stack of 6.4 meters above
roof is also identified as point source for air emission. Since the generator will be
operational during power failure, it will not cause any major impact on the environment
and hence it is not considered for air dispersion modelling.
The vehicle used for transporting the raw materials & finished products also contributes
to the dust generation & emissions of gases like NOx due to fossil fuel burning.
4.1.1.2.1 Quantitative Impacts Prediction for operational phase
For the quantitative impact analysis on the air quality due to the proposed activity, air
dispersion modelling is performed. The criteria pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX &
CO generated from operation of steam boilers & thermic fluid heater were considered
for air modelling. D.G is not considered for impact prediction as it will be used only
during the power failure.
AERMODCloud5 developed by Envitrans and authorized by CPCB is used for air

modelling simulation which is based on the steady state Gaussian plume equation.
Model Options Used for Computation
 The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always
limited to that of the mixing layer;
 Area Source Modeling is considered;
 Calms processing routine is used by default;
 Wind profile exponents is used by default;
 Flat and elevated terrain is used for computations;
 It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any 149odell-chemical
transformation and that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;
 Washout by rain is not considered; and
 Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.
 Uniform polar receptor grid is used. The grid consists of 180 receptors
assumed to be at ground level.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Modelling Procedure
AERMODCloud5 has computed the prediction of the Ground Level Concentrations

(GLC‟s) due to activity as per CPCB guidelines. While performing the model the urban
dispersion and regulatory defaults options were selected as per guidelines on air quality
models (PROBES/70/1997-1998).
Meteorological Data Processing
The surface synoptic meteorological data of project site was collected in month of
December 2020 to February 2021. The quality assurance process was undertaken as
required by the EPA (EPA-454/R-99-005) to identify and fill the missing data for
preparation of hourly surface meteorological data. The surface and profile met data
were prepared for use in AERMOD using the AERMET meteorological data of Envitrans.
Processing the surface file indicated more than 90 % data availability. Meteorological
inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction, ambient temperature, pressure,
precipitation, cloud cover, stability class and mixing height.
The atmospheric inversion level at Solapur during winter period for 12 hours from 7:00
hour to 19:00 hour is represented in the below table No 4.1. The data has been
compiled from IMD manual.
Table 4.1: Atmospheric Inversion Level at Bharuch, Gujarat

Sr. No Time Mixing Height, Meter
1 7.00 50
2 8.00 70
3 9.00 200
4 10.00 325
5 11.00 650
6 12.00 925
7 13.00 1100
8 14.00 1350
9 15.00 1300
10 16.00 1300
11 17.00 1150
12 18.00 875
13 19.00 600
Source: (Hourly Mixing Height &Assimilative capacity of Atmosphere in India) by
IMD
MITIGATION MEASURES
Model Input Data
The emission factor used in the air dispersion modelling for estimating the pollutants
from the sand handling are calculated using the document (EPA) AP-42 Chapter No.
13.2.4 Sand handling, Emission Factors Calculated by Automotive Research Association
of India (ARAI), 2007.
Table 4.2: Model Input Parameters for Air Modelling (Sand Storage, transfer &
Handling)
Sr. No Parameters Values
1. Activity Sand handling, transfer, and storage
2. Storage at any given time 1568 Tons
3. Emission Factors (g/s) PM10 : 0.00155 g/sec
Table 4.3: Model Input Parameters for Air Modelling (Vehicular Movement)
Sr. No Parameters Values
1. Activity Vehicular movement
2. No. of trucks 76 Nos for RM transport & 65 Nos for
Product transport on daily basis
3. Distance RM tansport : 7.1 km , Product transport:
18.34 km
4. Average Emission Factors (g/s) PM10 : 0.0155 g/sec
SO2 : 0.0000747 g/sec
NOx : 0.116 g/sec
CO : 0.075 g/sec
The maximum no. of workers will be 56 nos. including Technical staff, Administration
staff, security and others in the factory premises who may be affected due to the
unscientific handling of sand material. Mostly the health effects associated with
particulate matter are respiratory, pulmonary injury, lung cancer etc. During traffic
scenario, Exposure to SO2 and Nox also lead to respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide
decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of blood by reducing the haemoglobin.
The air emissions in long course of time may affect the immediate surrounding
vegetation stature physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.) & biologically
thus may affect the overall surrounding ecology. The incremental values at various
monitoring stations were predicted and integrated with the baseline value for PM 10 is
MITIGATION MEASURES
tabulated in the below Table 4.4 and 4.5. The dispersion modelling images, describing
the incremental predictive values for the selected pollutants are as below:
The quantitative impacts on current baseline status of air environment are estimated by
conducting air dispersion modelling. The details of the same are given in sec. 4.1.1.2.1.
Figure: 4.1: Incremental Concentration of PM10
MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure: 4.2: Incremental Concentration of SO2
MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure: 4.3: Incremental Concentration of NOx
MITIGATION MEASURES
Figure: 4.4: Incremental Concentration of CO
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.1.2.2 Interpretation of data: The predicted results and output from AERMODCloud 5 given below in Table 4.4 & 4.5 and above
Figure 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 & 4.4
Table 4.4: Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental GLCs

Pollutants Maximum Incremental Levels (µg/m3) Distance (km) Direction
PM10 3.74 0.75 ESE
SO2 0.0111 0.75 NNE
NOx 17.208 0.75 NNE
3
CO 11.125 (0.01125 mg/m ) 0.75 NNE
Table 4.5: Resultant Baseline Values

PM10 (ug/m3) SO2 (ug/m3) NOx (ug/m3) CO (mg/m3)
Sr. No. Sampling Location Code
BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV
1 *A1 77.3 1.87 79.17 18.7 0.0017 18.7017 23.7 6.024 29.724 1.5 0.0022 1.5022
2 A2 77.1 0.37 77.47 24.1 0.005 24.105 27.3 4.301 31.601 1.4 0.0027 1.4027
3 A3 76.1 0.37 76.47 24.2 0.0017 24.2017 27.9 2.581 30.481 1.3 0.0016 1.3016
4 A4 76.1 0.19 76.29 25.3 0.006 25.306 29 0.8603 29.8603 1.3 0.00055 1.30055
5 A5 75.2 0.56 75.76 21.9 0.0028 21.9028 25.7 3.441 29.141 1.4 0.0022 1.4022
6 A6 74.5 0.19 74.69 21.6 0.0006 21.6006 24.6 0.86 25.46 1.3 0.00055 1.30055
7 A7 77.2 0.56 77.76 24 0.0039 24.0039 27.7 6.022 33.722 1.6 0.0038 1.6038
8 A8 77.1 0 77.1 23.1 0 23.1 27.1 0 27.1 1.6 0 1.6
9 A9 94.9 0.19 95.09 25.1 0.0006 25.1006 36.8 0.86 37.66 2.4 0.00055 2.40055
NAAQ Standards 100 (24 hourly) 80 (24 hourly) 80 (24 hourly) 4 (1 hourly)
MITIGATION MEASURES
The incremental value of the specific pollutant at the particular monitoring station is
added to the baseline value of that specific pollutant measured during the monitoring
period of the project. The resultant value thus calculated used for predicting the impacts
of the proposed project on the air environment in the study area. The resultant value for
all the locations are well within the prescribed limit of NAAQS.
4.1.2 Impact Identification – Impact due to transportation of raw material
The transportation of raw material will mainly done through by Roadways. In most
cases, transport of raw materials and final products causes an increase in traffic around
the facility. Nearly 76 trucks per day would be used for transportation of raw materials
and 65 trucks for transportation of final product. Transportation and environment are
paradoxical in nature. Transportation conveys substantial socioeconomic benefits, but at
the same time transportation also impact on environmental systems.
4.1.3 Impact Identification – Water Environment
The impacts on water environment are classified as per two phase; i.e. Constructional &
Operational Phase of the unit.
4.1.3.1 Impacts during Constructional Phase
For proposed project, major construction activity like foundation work and construction
of office, Apart from these minor activities like road development, greenbelt
development, installation of reactor, vessels, tanks, ZLD system will be done. This activity
will involve consumption of high amount of water. Borewell itself will do the required
water supply. Beside that, the workers at a site will consume water. Around 20 workers
will be deployed for construction work at a time. According to the NBC (National
Building Code of India) 45 lit./day/per person is considered for water consumption as
domestic part i.e., 0.9 CMD.
Runoff from construction area may contain construction silt that may get drained in the
water bodies thereby increasing the suspended solids (SS) and contaminants. The
sewage wastewater is characterized by high level of biochemical oxygen demand,
ammonia & E-coli counts. Therefore, exposure of such runoffs to the water bodies will
have a significant negative impact on the water quality.
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.3.2 Impacts during Operational Phase
During operational phase of the project; the major sources or activities, identified, as
sources for water pollution are domestic activity only, water consumed in sand washing
activity will be recycled back into system, hence no wastewater will generate from
process itself.
The detailed waer balance for proposed operaion phase is given below
Table 4.6: Water Requirement Calculations

Effluen
SN Particular Consumption Losses Recycle
t Remark
(KLD) (KLD) (KLD)
(KLD)
To Septic tank
1 Domestic 3.0 0.60 2.40 -- followed by Soak
pit
407 KL water will be
550
recycled back into
(407 KLD
system, 143 KLD
646.84 (407 within same
will be recovered
2 Process KLD Recycled 96.84 0.00 process +
through dewatering
water) 143 KLD
system and it will
into Dust
be use in dust
Supression)
suppression
Dust Will be taken from
143 (Recycled
3 Suppressi 143 0.00 -- recycled water from
Water)
on process
4 Gardening 5.0 5.00 0.00 -- --
1st Cycle :
797.84 KLD
(Fresh water
Total requirement 245.44 2.40 550
from 2nd cycle
will be 247.84
KLD)
MITIGATION MEASURES
The total water requirement of the project will be 247.84 KLD. It will be ZLD unit.
During construction phase water requirement will be ~ 5 KLD and shall be sourced from
water tankers.
During operation phase, net fresh water requirement as shown in Table 4.6 is ~ 248
KLD and it shall be sourced from proposed borewell on-site.
The proposed project will be operated on the basis of Zero Liquid Discharge system. As
it is evident that the there is no waste water generation from proposed activity, the
water quality modelling is not mandatory for this project as per the Standard TOR
prescribed by MoEF&CC.
4.1.4 Impact Identification –Noise Environment

4.1.4.1 Impacts during Constructional Phase
The dominant source of noise from the construction equipments is the engine, usually a
diesel, without sufficient muffling. The activities like pile driving or pavement breaking
are other dominant source of noise generated during construction which is not
envisaged for the said project as there will be no major civil or foundation work.
Consideration of probable sources, for the current scenario can be in two modes,
stationary and mobile. Stationary equipment operates in one location for one or more
days at a time with either a fixed power operation (pumps, generators). Mobile
equipment moves around the construction site with power applied in cyclic fashion such
as trucks moving to and fro from the site. The time varying noise level which are
converted into a single number for stationary & mobile sources are taken from the EPA
report which are depicted in the below table.
Table 4.7: Noise Level Generation from Construction Equipments

Sr. No Equipment Typical Noise level in dB(A) 50ft from source
1 Truck 88
2 Loader 85
3 Shovel 82
(Source: U.S Environmental Protection Agency, “Noise from Construction Equipment &
Operations, Building Equipment and Home Appliance, “NTID300.1, December 31, 1971)
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.4.1.1 Impact Prediction
Construction activities are characterized by variation in power expended by equipment,

with resulting variation in noise levels with time. Variation in the power is expressed in
terms of the usage factor of the equipment, the percentage of time during the workday
that the equipment is operating at full power. Time varying noise levels are converted to
a single number for each piece of equipment during the operation. Besides having daily
variation in activities, major construction project are accomplished in several different
phases. Each phase has a specific equipment mix depending on the work to be
accomplished during that phase.
Each phase has its own noise characteristics some have higher continuous noise level
than others; some have high impact noise levels. The purpose of the assessment is to
determine the combined noise level generated from different equipments & its drop in
dB (A) level as it propagates.
Custic 3.2 developed by Canarina Environment software is used for noise pollution
modeling simulation. The noise dispersion is a complex physical phenomenon that
involves turbulences & non linear dynamics of the irreversible processes which is
simplified in a simple equation.
4.1.4.1.2 Model Options Used for Computation
 Flat terrain is assumed

 Point Source emission is computed
 Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered
 Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario
 Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi
 Temporal average is not considered
 Simulation calculation is done at surface height
 The isolines are used as output interfase
 Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for
simulation
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.4.1.3 Modeling Procedure
The propagation of the noise generated due to construction has been made by CUSTIC
version 3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for
performing the model.
4.1.4.1.4 Model Input Data
Table 4.7.1: Noise Model Input Data

Sr. No. Parameters Values
1 Number of Sources 3 Nos.
2 Number of calculation points in the x-axis X 80 Nos.
3 Solid angle 2 pi
4 Relative Humidity 60 %
5 Air Temperature 30 OC
6 Attenuation coefficient 0.94 dB(A)/100m
4.1.4.1.5 Model Output
Figure 4.5: Noise Propagation Model for Construction Phase
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.4.1.6 Interpretation
The noise level gets dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels
is calculated by the modeling software. The Noise level at the plant boundary during the
construction phase in the north direction will be 40.03dB (A). Towards the east
boundary it will be 40.20 dB (A). The noise levels will be up to 42.38 (A) & 45.04 dB (A)
levels respectively in the south & west directions of the project plot. The drop down in
the level of noise as it travels away from the project site is tabulated in the below table,
Table 4.8: Distance wise Drop down of Noise Level during Construction Phase
Sr. No. Noise level dB (A) Distance (m)
1 34.19 100
2 28.55 200
3 18.66 300
4 17.43 400
5 15.65 500
4.1.4.2 Impacts during Operational phase
Any industrial plant in general consists of various sources of noise in clusters or single.
These clusters/single sources may be housed in buildings of different dimensions made
of different materials or installed in open or under sheds. Generally the plant noise
sources include, Feed Pumps, Recycle Pumps, DG set etc.
Table 4.9: Anticipated Noise Levels Generation Operation Phase

Sr. No Description of Location Noise Level in dB(A)
1 Near Main Gate (Vehicular movement) 65
2 Pumps 76
3 Process Area 64
4 D.G. 68
Note: All above values are assumption.
4.1.4.2.1 Impact Prediction
The purpose of the assessment is to determine the combined noise level generated
from different equipments & its drop in dB (A) level as it propagates.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Custic 3.2 developed by Canarina Environment software is used for noise pollution
modeling simulation. The noise dispersion is a complex physical phenomenon that
involves turbulences & non linear dynamics of the irreversible processes which is
simplified in a simple equation.
4.1.4.2.2 Model Options Used for Computation
 Flat terrain is assumed

 Point Source emission is computed
 Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered
 Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario
 Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi
 Temporal average is not considered
 Simulation calculation is done at surface height
 The isolines are used as output interfase
 Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for
simulation
4.1.4.2.3 Modeling Procedure
The propagation of the noise generated due to proposed project has been made by
CUSTIC version 3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for
performing the model.
4.1.4.2.4 Model Input Data
Table 4.10: Noise Model Input Data

Sr. No. Parameters Values
1 Number of Sources 4 Nos.
2 Number of calculation points in the x-axis X 80 Nos.
3 Solid angle 2 pi
4 Relative Humidity 60 %
5 Air Temperature 30 OC
6 Attenuation coefficient 0.94 dB(A)/100m
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1.4.2.5 Model Output
Figure 4.6: Noise Propagation Model for Operational Phase

4.1.4.2.6 Interpretation
The noise level gets dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels
is calculated by the modelling software. The Noise level at the plant boundary during
the operational phase in the north direction will be 24.71 dB (A). Towards the east
boundary it will be 25.36 dB (A). The noise levels will be up to 24.98 (A) & 29.66 dB (A)
levels respectively in the south & west directions of the project plot. The drop down in
the level of noise as it travels away from the project site is tabulated in the below table.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4.11: Distance wise Drop down of Noise Level during Operation Phase
Sr. No Noise level dB (A) Distance (m)
1 18.14 100
2 12.27 200
3 8.81 300
4 4.95 400
5 2.83 500
4.1.5 Impact Identification – Soil Environment due to generation of Hazardous

and Non Hazardous Waste
4.1.5.1 Impacts during constructional phase
Construction activities create solid wastes that need to be disposed. Such wastes include
sand, concrete, gravel, stone, bricks, plastic, paper, wood, metal and glass. Technology
Information, Forecasting, and Assessment Council (TIFAC), estimated waste generation
during construction operations is 35 kg/m2.
4.1.5.2 Impacts during operational phase
The overall proposed activity will generate some Hazardous waste from DG set
operation.
This will be sold to authorised vendor. Solid non hazardous waste includes paper waste
from office. It will be recycled through local waste collection system. The hazardous
waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous & Other Wastes
(Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Details of waste
generation and their disposal method are listed in following table.
Table 4.12: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Details & Management
SN WASTE QUANTITY MANAGEMENT
1 Scrap Metal As actual Hand over to recyclers/ Disposal by Local
generation Administration Waste Disposal
during Mechanism
2 Scrap Plastic project Hand over to recyclers/ Disposal by Local
operational Administration Waste Disposal
phase Mechanism
3 Office Waste Hand over to recyclers/ Disposal by Local
Administration Waste Disposal
Mechanism
MITIGATION MEASURES
Hazardous Waste:
The main source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity is DG set
Table 4.13: Details of Hazardous Waste Generation and Management

Sr. Method of
Particulars Category* UOM Quantity
No. Disposal/Management
Used/Spent Dispose through authorised
1 5.1 KL/A 0.08
Oil vendor
*Schedule I of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary
Movement) Rules, 2016.
Accidental spillage of hazardous waste during storage & handling within the project
plot may cause contamination of soil and contamination of surface & ground water,
which may further leads to degradation of health environment in nearby population as
secondary adverse impact.
4.1.6 Impact Identification – Biotic Environment
4.1.6.1 Impacts during Construction Phase
Nevertheless the impacts associated with any kind of proposed activity on the
environment cannot be completely nullified however the severity of such impacts can
be minimized to a great extent by advocating suitable mitigation measures.
Generally, the construction activities involve earthwork related activities such as ground
preparation/clearing that are likely to be associated with loss of vegetation/habitat.
Noise & Vibrations form construction machineries & activities that are likely to induce
disturbances in terrestrial environment. Haphazard management of left over
construction materials/wastes has potential to cause land pollution & habitat
degradation. Proposed project plot admeasures19, 355.77 sq. m. of which 13,459.97 sq.
m. will be subjected to construction activities
4.1.6.2 Impacts during Operational Phase
Generally the activities which may have adverse impact on the biotic environment
during operational phase may be due to deliberate/unforeseen release of
treated/untreated effluent, disposal of hazardous waste on the ground or in the water
bodies in the study area, prolonged unchecked air emissions and noise vibrations from
operational activities.
MITIGATION MEASURES
However, the proposed project has made following provisions for management of
effluent, hazardous wastes, air emissions and noise & vibrations management.
4.1.7 Impact Identification – Odour Management
Not applicable to this project
4.2 Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified
4.2.1 Mitigation Measures for Air Environment
4.2.1.1 Construction phase
Control measures like temporary wind barrier, proper traffic management during
loading and unloading of the construction materials, regular sprinkling of water on the
working site, Avoiding Cement dust emission, Managing stockpiles (sand, gravel) by
using water sprays (when emptying cement bags into mixer) will be implemented to
ensure minimum dust generation.
Efficient sprinkling of water will reduce probability of release of pollutant by 95% at

source level.
4.2.1.2 Operational phase
The following measures will be adopted for controlling the fugitive dust emission in the
plan premises,
 The roads & premises shall be sprinkled with water at a regular interval to avoid
the dust generation.
 Storage piles shall be covered with tarpuline.
 Wet charging shall be adopted to avoid dust during feeding process
 To ensure that all transportation vehicles carry a valid PUC (Pollution under Control)
Certificate.
 Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles is being carried out.
 Adequate green belt covering area greater than 33% of total plot area have been
developed in the project plot as per National Forest Policy. Green belt act as surface
for settling of dust particle and thus will reduce the particulate matter in air.
 Ambient air quality shall be regularly monitored to ensure the air pollution devices
are working efficiently.
MITIGATION MEASURES
From the above, it can be concluded that after the operation of the project and
implementation of mitigation measures in an appropriate manner, the Ambient Air
Quality will not exceed NAAQ Standards.
4.2.2 Measures to Reduce Impact due to Transport of Raw Material
Maintenance & operation of the transport infrastructure would be carried out by the
Local Administration. Facilities like street lighting, traffic management in the peak hours
and maintenance of the road will be taken care by the Local Administration.
The transportation of raw materials & products would be done according to the Central
Motor Vehicle Rule, (CMVR) 1989. Transportation of material will mainly take place
through Pune-Solapur Highway which is located towards the south side of the MIDC.
4.2.3 Measures to Protect Water Environment
4.2.3.1 Construction Phase
It is important that appropriate measures are implemented to control the runoff &
drainage water
Sewage effluents generated from the construction workforce: Mobile sanitation

facilities will be provided which will be regularly cleaned by night soil tankers.
4.2.3.2 Operational Phase
It will be ZLD unit. The sewage generated from domestic activity will be treated in Septic
tank followed by soakpits.
There will be no effluent generation from any other activity of the project.
4.2.4 Measures to Reduce Noise Levels
No habitation present in 500 meters from project site. Thick plantation around the
boundary of the plant will be done, therefore it is concluded that the impact of noise
level on the community from the proposed project would be insignificant.
Apart from this regular maintenance of noise generating machineries will be done to
avoid unexpected noise nuisance due instrument failure. No honk site shall be displayed
MITIGATION MEASURES
at project site. Construction activity shall be limited to day period to maintain noise
permissible limits at night period.
4.2.4.2 Operational phase
To reduce the Noise level in the company premises following mitigation is/will be
provided.
 Thick green belt developed around the factory boundary helps to minimize the
noise intensity propagating out of the factory premises. Accordingly company will
develop the requisite amount of green belt
 Isolation of the high noise generating equipments.
 Workers should work in shifts to avoid the long durations of exposure to high noise
level.
 Implementation of noise absorbing sheets on the walls of facilities hosting high
noise generating equipments/machinery.
 Acoustic enclosures to be provided to DG Compressor & high noise generating
equipments.
 Anti vibration pads to be installed for high NV generating machines. Enclosure
wherever necessary.
 Regular/routine maintenance of various equipments should be carried out.
 Regular Oiling and greasing for equipments should be done.
 The proposed equipments would be provided with proper enclosure, anti vibration
pads, acoustic enclosure wherever required.
4.2.5 Measures to Protect Soil Environment
The material such as bricks, stone, gravel, concrete etc. would be utilized in the site for
filling of the low lying area as well as for internal road construction and other recyclable
waste such metal, plastic, wood, paper would be given to the recycler. The solid waste
generated by labor as municipal waste will be collected, segregated and disposed
appropriately.
1) All raw materials & products should be stored in dedicated closed

warehouses/storage areas with leak proof flooring & walls.
MITIGATION MEASURES
2) The transportation of raw materials/products& hazardous waste will be mainly done

by trucks/tempos however the unforeseen events of accidental spillage are not
predictable which makes is difficult to install pre event control measures. However for
such instances the project proponent is robustly advised to develop & deploy Offsite
Emergency Contingency Plan & related Standard Operating Procedures to tackle any
such unforeseen event.
3) Hazardous waste should be stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage area made
of thick concrete paved flooring with HDPE lining & in any case hazardous waste should
not be stored more than 90 days & to be disposed off.
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.2.6 Measures to Protect Biotic Environment
4.2.6.1 Construction phase
Table 4.14: Project Activity/Component wise Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures during Project Construction Phase
on Biotic Environment
Construction Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Sr. Project Anticipated Vulnerable, Threatened,
Magnitude Aspect Details Mitigation
No Activity Impacts Endangered & Schedule
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
Proposed project The 28 species of The top soil
site is devoid of scrub flora present which contains
Project plot is
trees, thus free of in project plot are propagule‟s/
The site devoid of any
Site nests. herbaceous & seeds of such
preparation Endemic, Rare,
preparation/ shrubby annuals scrub flora
activities will be Vulnerable,
1 Ground Habitat loss However, 28 which generally No should be stored
done in 19, Threatened,
clearing species of ground grow in open spaces & used for
355.77 sq. m. Endangered &
activities dwelling with the onset of green belt
area Schedule I
herbaceous & monsoon & are development
species
shrubby scrub commonest for the activity which
flora in project region in may help in
MITIGATION MEASURES
Construction Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
plot will be lost consideration with a regeneration of
very wide range of such scrub flora
presence &
abundance in the
entire Bharuch
District, none
species are endemic
and does not
belonged to any
categories of
concern as per IUCN
assessment.
No significant
adverse impact is
envisaged form loss
of project plot scrub
flora
MITIGATION MEASURES
Construction Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
The generated noise Project plot is 1) As a
& vibrations will devoid of any precautionary
The propagating render the habitat in Endemic, Rare, measure
noise level at the immediate vicinity Vulnerable, construction
boundary of of project plot Threatened, activities to be
Noise &
project plot will (small mound Endangered & carried out only
Vibrations
be 45.04 dBA & at abutting southeast Schedule I between 9 AM
Construction generated
a distance of of project plot) species and to 5 PM,
Construction activities will be from
2 100m from unfavorable for No the 1 avoiding the
activities done in construction
project plot will birds & other fauna, Vulnerable & 1 early morning &
3,459.97 sq. m. machineries
be 34.19 dBA & thereby leading to Near late evening
&
vibrations will be locale level Threatened hours.
equipments
generated due to migration, however plant species 2) Before start of
construction since such an effect observed in construction
activity will cease with the study area are activities it
cease of also not likely should be
construction to be affected. ensured that
MITIGATION MEASURES
Construction Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
activities this properly
impact will be maintained
temporal in nature machineries &
equipments to
be used.
3) Provision of
site barricades
should be made
to minimize the
intensity of
propagating
noise
Left over/fallen Haphazard Though 1) The left
Construction Disposal/Du
construction management/dispos Project plot is over/fallen
Construction activities will be mping of
3 materials viz. al of these Yes devoid of any construction
activities done in Constructio
concrete/cement construction wastes Endemic, Rare, wastes should
3,459.97 sq. m. n wastes
mix, sand, stones anywhere in study Vulnerable, be used as filling
MITIGATION MEASURES
Construction Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
etc. & area will lead to Threatened, material for
construction land degradation Endangered & internal roads
material wastes thereby resulting in Schedule I
viz. cardboards, habitat loss species, study
wooden flanks, area has
boxes, iron rods, presence of 1
containers etc. Near
Threatened
species viz.
Aegle
marmelos & 1
Vulnerable
species viz.
Saraca asoca
hence
haphazard
disposal/dump
MITIGATION MEASURES
Construction Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
ing of such
wastes may
affect
Threatened &
Vulnerable
species
1) The construction Project plot is 1) Provision of
Polluted surface runoff may devoid of any mobile
The water Runoff water
water due increase suspended Endemic, Rare, sanitation
required for generated from
to surface solids, turbidity Vulnerable, facilities for
construction use in various
runoff & levels, dissolved Threatened, construction
Construction activities & construction
4 domestic solids & thereby No and workers should
activities domestic activities &
waste water, adversely affecting Endangered & be made & the
activities will be sprinkling and
may affect the aquatic ecology Schedule I same should be
0.9 & 2 m3 Domestic waste
the aquatic of receiving water species and periodically
respectively water
ecology if bodies. the 1 cleaned by night
finds way to Vulnerable & 1 soil tankers
MITIGATION MEASURES
Construction Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Precautionary/
Measures
I Species
Yes/No Details
surface The nearest surface Near 2) Proper
water water body to Threatened channelization
bodies project plot is a plant species of surface runoff
steam at 22.6 m observed in water to existing
which eventually study area are city/local
joins Bhundra Khadi also not likely administration
to be affected. drainage system
to be ensured
MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4.15: Project Activity/Component wise Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures during Project Operation Phase on
Biotic Environment
Operation Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Vulnerable, Precautionary/
Sr. Project
Magnitude Aspect Details Anticipated Impacts Threatened, Mitigation
No. Activity
Endangered & Measures
Schedule I Species
Yes/No Details
It is estimated 1) The process water
that 96.84 KLD increase suspended
The 1
will be process solids, turbidity It should be
Vulnerable &
losses & 407 KLD levels, dissolved ensured that in
The process 1 Near
will be recycled solids & thereby whatsoever
water Threatened
Process water within process adversely affecting manner the study
1 Process requirement No plant species
generation and will be used the aquatic ecology area should not be
will be 646.84 observed in
for143 KLD dust of receiving water subjected to
KLD study area are
suppression bodies. release of process
not likely to
measures, water.
be affected.
thereby making The nearest surface
the proposed water body to project
MITIGATION MEASURES
Operation Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Sr. Project
No. Activity
Schedule I Species
Yes/No Details
project a ZLD plot is a steam at
project 22.6 m which
eventually joins
Bhundra Khadi.
The propagating The generated noise 1) As a
noise level at the & vibrations will precautionary
The 1
boundary of render the habitat in measure it should
Noise & Vulnerable &
The project plot will immediate vicinity of be ensured that
Vibrations 1 Near
anticipated be 29.66 dBA & project plot (small properly
generated Threatened
production at a distance of mound abutting maintained
2 Operations from No plant species
quantity is 100 m from southeast of project machineries &
construction observed in
4,70,588 project plot will plot) unfavorable for equipments are
machineries & study area are
MT/A be 18.14 dBA & birds & other fauna, used.
equipments not likely to
vibrations will be thereby leading to 2) Development of
be affected.
generated due to locale level think green belt
overall migration, however along plant
MITIGATION MEASURES
Operation Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Sr. Project
No. Activity
Schedule I Species
Yes/No Details
operations. since such an effect boundary will help
will cease with the to minimize the
cease of construction intensity of
activities this propagating noise.
impact will be
temporal in nature.
Dumping of Dumping may 1) It should be
It is estimated
hazardous wastes lead to ensured that
that 0.060
anywhere in study habitat hazardous wastes
MT/A -
area may lead to thereby are only sent to
Used/Spent Management
Hazardous degradation of having CHWTSDF for
3 Oil & 0.60 of hazardous -- Yes
waste adversely Soils potentiality to management or
MT/A - Used wastes
thereby leading to affect the 1 sold to authorized
containers/ba
habitat loss, further Vulnerable & recyclers and
rrels will be
the leachate 1 Near handling &
generated
generated due to Threatened management of
MITIGATION MEASURES
Operation Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Sr. Project
No. Activity
Schedule I Species
Yes/No Details
dumping may plant species. hazardous wastes
adversely affect the should be done in
Ground & Surface compliance with
water by percolation Hazardous Waste
& runoff. Management
Rules, 2016.
The wind blow dust The
likely to be carried prominent
The away in downwind downwind
To capture/ settle
anticipated It is estimated direction will direction from
the dust at the
production Dust that dust will be eventually settle on project plot is
4 Process No source itself water
quantity is generation generated during vegetation & which SW & the 1
sprinkling should
4,70,588 process in long course of Vulnerable &
be done.
MT/A duration will induce 1 Near
leaf pigmentation, Threatened
necrosis, reduced plant species
MITIGATION MEASURES
Operation Phase
Endemic, Rare,
Sr. Project
No. Activity
Schedule I Species
Yes/No Details
photosynthesis & were
physiological recorded near
activities thereby Ratanpore
severely affecting the Reserve
associated overall Forest area
ecology. which is S
direction,
hence the
same are not
likely to be
affected.
CHAPTER 4 : ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &
MITIGATION MEASURES
4.2.7 Measures to Control Odour
Not Applicable.
4.3 Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of environmental components
An irreversible or irretrievable commitment of resources refers to impacts on or losses to

resources that cannot be recovered or reversed. Examples include permanent conversion of
wetlands and loss of cultural resources, soils, wildlife, agricultural production, or
socioeconomic conditions.
The proposed project will be executed on plot outside notified industrial area. Apart from
this, it will be a ZLD unit and no tree felling is envisaged for proposed activity. The soil
excavated during construction phase of the unit will be utilized for greenbelt at same
location. Therefore no irreversible impact is sited due to said project.
4.4 Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance,

assigning significance)
The overall environmental impact of the project can be quantitatively assessed through
Environmental Impact Matrix (EIM). The environmental parameters are given some
weightage based on consultant's experience totalling to 100. The weighted values are
subjective ones but arrived after considering inter-disciplinary judgments, keeping in view
the type and specifications of the project.
Impact of the activities have been marked positive (+) or negative (-) depending on its
beneficial or adverse effects respectively on the environment. The following scale has
assessed the degree of impact:
Insignificant – 0; Appreciable – 1; Considerable – 2; Significant – 3; Major-4
All environmental control measures have been considered while assessing the impacts. The
EIM is presented below in Table 4.16.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4.16: Environmental Index Matrix
Biological
Physical Environment Environment Socio-economic Environment
(50) (20) (30)
Activities/
Occupational Health (10)

Forest & vegetation (10)
Health & Education (2)

Environment
Noise & Odour (10)

Hydrogeology (10)
Water Quality (10)
Rehabilitation (5)
Employment (10)
Air Quality (10)
Aquatic Life (5)
Agricultural (1)
al
Land use (10)
Housing (1)
Services (1)
Fauna (5)
Parameters
Construction Phase
Land
Possession
Site
+
Clearance
Site
+ - - +
Development
Transportatio
- - - +
n
Plant
- - - - + +
Construction
Greenbelt
+ + + + + + + + + +
Development
Water
Consumption
Sewage
- - -
Generation
Road
+ - - + +
Development
Material - - - +
MITIGATION MEASURES
Handling
Disposal of
- - +
Waste
Construction
+2 -5 -2 -4 +1 +1 -3 +8 +3 +1 0
Phase
Operational Phase
Plant
Commissioni (-) (-) (-) (+)
ng
Water
(-) (-)
Consumption
Effluent
(-) (-) (-) (-)
Generation
Particulate
(-) (-) (-) (-)
Emissions
Solid Waste
(-) (-)
Generation
Raw Material
(-) (-) (+)
Handling
Transportatio
(-) (-) (-) (+)
n
Greenbelt
(+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+)
Maintenance
CER Activities (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+)
Operation
+2 -2 -3 -2 +1 +2 -2 -3 +5 +2 +2 0
Phase
- - - - 13
Overall 40 70 50 50 20 15 -10 60 0 5 6 0
All environmental control measures have been considered while assessing the impacts. A
summarized table of EIM is presented below in Table 4.17.
MITIGATION MEASURES
Table 4.17: Summary of EIM

Physical Biological Socio Economic Total
Weightage 50 20 30 100
Impact Value -130 25 81 -24
Degree of Impact -2.6 1.25 2.7 1.35
Adverse Beneficial Beneficial Beneficial
Remarks
Significant Considerable Significant Considerable
Conclusion:
So the overall environmental impact will be beneficial. This is because though there will be
considerable adverse impact on physical environment and no impact on biological
environment, there will be considerable beneficial impact in human environment. This
means by environmental control measures and implementation of the same, the adverse
impacts can be mitigated and overall beneficial impact can be affected. The overall impact,
as assessed, will be Beneficial Considerable.
4.5 Summary of Anticipated Impacts and its Mitigation Measures
The component/source wise mitigation measures, suggested for the company is given in
below Table 4.18.
Table 4.18: Summary of Anticipated Impacts and its Mitigation Measures

Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
Construction Phase
1. Air Quality Dust during handling The estimated Proper loading and
of cement/concrete/ generation would be unloading of the
stone aggregates & around 3.84 materials to ensure
other construction tons/month of the minimum dust.
materials. activity. Exposure of Managing &
construction workers covering the
to such dusts may stockpiles. Regular
lead to short term sprinkling of water
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
respiratory problems, on the working site,
whereas, prolonged & Installing wind
continuous exposure barriers around
may lead to working site & all
malfunctioning of around the plot
lungs. boundary for
The anticipated containing the dust.
construction period
will be 8 months after
grant of all
Environmental
Clearance, Consent To
Establish & all other
Statutory Permissions.
2. Noise Levels Noise generated It is anticipated that PPEs viz. Ear
from construction the cumulative noise Plugs/Muffs will be
machineries like levels by all provided to workers,
Poclain, Lift Crane, construction Construction
Jack Hammer Drill, machineries, activities will be
Digger, Compactor, equipments & limited from 9.00
Roller etc. & by use activities at AM to 5.00 PM,
of construction propagating at plant Installation of noise
equipments like Jack boundary will be in barriers around
Hammer, Cutter, Drill the range of 40.03 project plot will
Concrete vibrator dBA to 45.04 dBA & further minimize the
etc. and by arrival & propagating intensity intensity of
depart of transport of noise at distance of propagating noise.
vehicles. 100 m from plot will
be 34.19 dBA, thus
significant impacts
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
outside plant
premises are not
anticipated.
3. Water Quality Surface runoff If such runoff water & Provision of mobile
generated Water sanitation waste water sanitation facilities
used for construction finds way to for construction
activities mainly for surrounding soils & workers should be
concrete mixing, water body, may lead made & the same
sprinkling etc. to contamination of should be
Sanitation waste surrounding soils & periodically cleaned
water by increased turbidity & by night soil tankers
construction workers. contamination in Proper
water body. channelization of
surface runoff water
to existing city/local
administration
drainage system to
be ensured
4. Construction & Proposed project Haphazard handling Excavated/ dug
Demolition being a green field of such wastes may soil/earth will be
Wastes project demolition lead to advent of stored appropriately
Management waste will not occur Rodents, Reptiles in dedicated space
however inert within project plot, within project plot &
construction wastes thereby causing will be used for
such as: Cardboards, dangers to workers green belt
Wooden Boxes, working on site. development
Wooden planks, activity along with
Metal rods, HDPE Disposal of such mix of new soil.
bags, Felled wastes on land will
Concrete, Stones, lead to degradation of Inert construction
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
Aggregates & debris soils. wastes viz.
will are anticipated Cardboards,
to be generated. Wooden Boxes,
Wooden planks,
Excavated/Dug Metal rods, HDPE
soil/earth will be bags will be stored
generated during in dedicated space
site preparation & sold to recyclers.
activities.
Felled Concrete,
Stones, Aggregates
& debris will be
used as filling
material for internal
roads in consonance
with Construction &
Demolition Wastes
Management Rules
2016.
Operational Phase
1. Air Quality Fugitive emissions The anticipated 1. Contineous dust
from material maximum suppression system
transport vehicles, concentration of will be implemented
from storage of raw particulate matters to avoid particulate
materials and from operational emission
products acivity will be
& DG set operation 2.8µg/m3, which are 2. D.G will be
likely to be carried in provided with a
downwind direction. stack of 6.4 m above
roof as per CPCB
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
Anticipated health guidelines for
effects: People in proper dispersion of
downwind localities if emissions.
prone to continuous
& prolonged 3. The roads within
emissions may be the premises will be
susceptible to adverse paved to avoid the
health impacts related dust generation
to respiratory & from vehicular
pulmonary due to activity.
particulate matter.
4. It will be ensured
Environmental effects: that all the
transportation
The air emissions in vehicles have a valid
long course of time PUC (Pollution
may affect the under Control)
immediate Certificate.
surrounding
vegetation stature 5. Regular sweeping
physically (leaf of all the roads &
senescence, floors will be done
hampered growth to avoid fugitive
etc.) & biologically dust.
thus may affect the
overall surrounding 6. The proposed
ecology. thick green belt of
10 m width along
the plant periphery
will help to capture
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
the fugitive
emissions.
7. Industry to ensure
that at no point of
time the air
emission
concentrations
exceed the
prescribed
CPCB/Consented
standards.
2. Noise Quality Operation of It is anticipated that 1. Acoustic
machineries, DG set the cumulative noise enclosures will be
& material transport levels by all provided to high
vehicles. machineries, noise generating
equipments & equipments for
operation activities at attenuation of noise
propagating at plant level during
boundary will be in operation.
the range of 24.71
dBA to 29.66 dBA. 2. PPE‟s viz. Ear
muffs/plugs will be
Impacts of exposure provided to workers
to continuous & working near noise
prolonged noise generating
would be equipments.
Temporary/Permanent
hearing loss, 3. The proposed
Mental disturbances thick green belt
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
Increase in heart rate along the plant
Reduced workers periphery will help
performance due to to further minimise
psychiatric disorder the intensity of
and Tinnitus in case of propagating noise
high level of noise out of plant
exposure on regular premises.
basis.
The intensity of
propagating noise at
a distance of 100 m
from plot boundary
will be 18.14 dBA, thus
significant impacts
outside plant
premises are not
anticipated.
3. Water Quality The anticipated Since there will not
3. Domestic treated effluent be any generation
wastewater. characteristics area: of waste water from
pH - 7.5 to 8.0, TSS < process itself. Septic
100 mg/lit., BOD < tank followed by
100 mg/lit., COD < soakpits will be
250 mg/lit., TDS < provided to achive
2100 mg/lit. and Oil & ZLD condition.
Grease < 10 mg/lit.
Accidental/Deliberate
release of treated/un-
treated effluents in
surface water bodies
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
may lead to
contamination/
subjected water
bodies and in of case
land may lead to
complete degradation
of subjected land
affecting, also may
contaminate the
ground water by way
of percolation.
Surface water &
ground water sources
cannot be used for
any purpose &
depending terrestrial
& aquatic ecology will
be completely
affected.
4. Solid Waste Hazardous waste Unscientific handling Recyclable Spent oil
Management - generated from DG & disposal may lead as hazardous wastes
Hazardous maintenance to contamination of will be sold to
Waste operations. surrounding soils, Authorized vendors.
water sources & there
by affecting the
ecology & health of
the workers coming in
direct contact with the
MITIGATION MEASURES
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
hazardous waste like
skin
allergies/rashes/burns
etc.
5 Solid Waste 1. Scrap Metal Hap-hazard handling 1. Designated area
Management 2. Scrap Plastic & storage may lead to for Scrap materials
(Non 3. Office Waste inadequate open (Metal, Plastic,
Hazardous space in plant Wooden Pallets,
Inert Waste) premises & it may Office Waste)
lead to rodent storage will be
breeding thereby provided in the
affecting the plant.
occupational health &
environment. 2. Scrap materials
will be recycled
through scrap
vendors.
3. Daily
housekeeping waste
and canteen waste
will be disposed
through vermin
composting facility
(off-site).
CHAPTER 5 : ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1 Introduction
The proposed activity of Silica Sand Beneficiation Plant is green feild project with
production capacity of 4,00,000 MT/Anuum. During the physical purification process of
silica sand, clay will be seprated/ obtained as waste material, to be used for manfacuring of
clay bricks within project premises. The clay brick-manufacturing rate will be 70,588
MT/Annum.
5.2 Salient Features of Project Site and Technology
5.2.1 Analysis of alternative site
It is a well-known fact that the success of any project depends on many factors, bu one of
the major factor is the selection of suitable site. Criteria for initial consideration are
proximity to raw materials and availability of power and water. While selections of site
following features are considered:
1) Market for product

2) Transport facilities
3) Power & Water Supply
4) Availibility of Labour
5) Soil structure
6) Access to railway/ road/ highway
7) Scope of future expansion
8) Cost of land & its development
5.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology
5.3.1 Standard Technology
Technology evolved for beneficiation or upgrading silica where is with the character of raw
material Quantum, nature of impurities, and use of the finished product. It has to keep in
the mind that the basic cost of raw material is very low so also the price-finished product
would fetch in the market obviously sophisticated treatment has to be provided in the
technology moulded to fulfill following object
1) Sturdy equipment to which stand highly abrasive material, minimum maintenance

and repair cost
2) Minimum of treatment/handling
3) Avoidance of costly process in material of chemicals
4) Sufficient margin and adaptability in the equipment to adjust itself to the field
conditions
5) Quality and quantity that produce should be consistent and acceptable
In the context of above factors the standard technology selected covers the unit process in
the sequence mentioned below of all the unit process
Crushing is a costly prone to pollute and therefore effort to be made a word crushing
similarly,
Chemical treatment- to be considered only when all efforts in selecting suitable source of
raw material fail. In such a event judicial decision will have to be taken by comparing
additional cost against reduced percentage of recovery
Only that portion of designed should be subjected to additional treatment which may be
one or more of the following,
1) Spiral for separation of heavy oxides
2) Gravity table for separation of heavy oxides
3) Acid leaching for removal of FB and heavy oxides
4) Flotation technique
Magnetic separation is a very costly process and efforts are made to locate the source
where this can be avoided.
Drying is another step which should be critical looked at from the point of view of the cost
benefit
5.3.2 Basis of Selection of Technology
Normally basic cost of raw material and the market price of a finished product decide the
sophistication of the process the technology and the particular selected process should
satisfy the norms that have been explain under standard technology
Considering following advantages process as depicted in chapter 2 is selected for proposed

activity
1) Two sream process flow sheet gives ample question in the equipment capacity to
absorb variation
2) Changing from A stream to B stream at important process steps in two streams

offers flexibility for consistent production
3) Maintenance and operation of the equipment do not call for special skill
4) Except for the magnetic separator all other equipment is indigenous
5) The equipment selected has proved its utility and is known to be successful in India
6) In case of failure for particular equipment in a particular stream to stream flow sheet
and flexibility of crossing over from stream A to B provides opportunity of crossing
over to other stream to bypass feed equipment insurance continuous production
Chapter 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction
The Objective of this Study is to minimize or off-set the adverse impacts that might be
created due to this project. Various mitigation measures are designed and described. In
operation phase we shall have to check continuously as to (1) whether our measures are
being operated as per design and (2) whether the resultant impacts are within the
tolerance limits. This can happen only if we have a specialized cell, higher management
support for the cell, adequate funding, support of library-laboratory, open dialogue
corridor with all the stake-holders and authorities, and if the success indicators are in
agreement with our findings. As no job is done unless paper work is done,
documentation will be necessary along with periodic Reporting to MoEF&CC.
Based on findings of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, various mitigation

measures have been proposed, which have been detailed out in Environmental
Management Plan (EMP). In order to monitor the impacts and efficiency of these plans
monitoring of various environmental attributes have been proposed during and after
completion of the management plans. A well-defined environmental monitoring
program would be employed with trained and qualified staff of Environment
Management Cell of the proposed project to monitor the environmental attributes of
the area with respect to EMP as well as the guidelines of the GPCB/CPCB. Environmental
monitoring schedule proposed to be adopted by the project.
Company will be implementing various productivity management programs in the plant

to improve the work environment effective housekeeping and environment quality. All
the necessary steps will be taken in the plant to meet standards prescribed by the
Gujarat State Pollution Control Board and Central Pollution Control Board.
6.2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring
Environmental monitoring will be conducted on regular basis to assess the pollution

level in the plant as well in the surrounding area. Therefore, regular monitoring program
of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the
environment. The objectives of monitoring are:
 To verify the result of the environmental impact assessment study in particular

with regards to new developments
 To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical
 To check or assess the efficacy of the controlling measures
 To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact
assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new
installations or through the modification in the operation of existing facilities
 To check assumptions made with regard to the development and to detect
deviations in order to initiate necessary measures
 To establish a database for future Environmental Impact Assessment Studies for
proposed projects
Table 6.1: Post Project Monitoring

Source of Executing Monitoring
SN Aspect Monitoring Methods and Parameters Frequency
Impact Agency Agency
1.0 Construction Phase

Local
Construction Contractor‟s report
1.1 Manpower Daily Contractor PP
Works No. of people working on the project
Absorption
Transportation
Survey & observations; Levels of SPM, SPCB/Recognized
1.2 Air Quality of construction Weekly PP
RSPM, SO2 and NOx Env. Agency
materials
Dust, Noise,
1.3 Public Health Influx of Regular medical checkups Monthly Contractor PP
Labours
2.0 Operation Phase
Surface
Water Ground water
Surveys, sample collection & field SPCB/Recognized
2.1 Quality & quality within Quarterly PP
measurement Env. Agency
Quantity the Project
Area
Effluent Quality of Daily (Internal); SPCB/Recognized
2.2 ETP Sample collection & quality analysis PP
Quality effluent Monthly (Third Env. Agency
discharged Party)
and reused
Ambient –
Emission from Air quality monitoring at 2-3 locations Monthly (24
SPCB/Recognized
2.3 Air Quality utility and within (SPM, RSPM, SO2,NOx, CO, HC) as hourly); PP
Env. Agency
process well as stack monitoring Stack – Monthly
(Third Party)
Noise levels
Monthly (Third
compliance Ambient Equivalent Sound Pressure Levels
Party); SPCB/Recognized
2.4 Noise Levels with respect (Leq) at day and night time at 4 to 6 PP
Fortnightly Env. Agency
to industrial locations
(Internal)
stds.
Flora & Fauna : Flora & Fauna within study
Overall project Recognized Env.
area at 5 locations monitored during Yearly PP
Biological activity Agency
2.5 baseline studies
Environment
Overall project Recognized Env.
Green Belt: Survival rate of plants Quarterly PP
activity Agency
Solid Waste Disposal of Tracking of waste collection, segregation SPCB/Recognized
2.6 Fortnightly PP
Management waste and disposal Env. Agency
Hazardous
wastes as
required by Tracking of hazardous waste collection, SPCB/Recognized
Fortnightly PP
hazardous segregation, storage and disposal Env. Agency
Hazardous
waste
2.7 Waste
authorization
Management
Generation of
waste oils and SPCB/Recognized
Maintain Records Daily PP
their Env. Agency
treatment
PP: Project Proponent, SPCB: State Pollution Control Board
CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.3 Monitoring Methodologies

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by
MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method
approved/recommended by MoEF&CC/CPCB.
6.4 Documentation and Reporting
The records of the monitoring program shall be kept on regular basis for all aspects of the
monitoring. Separate records for water, solid, air, emission, soil shall be prepared and
preserved regularly. Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned
schedule, report shall be done & necessary documents shall be forwarded to the concern
person. Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be prepared as separate
documents as SOP (standard Operating Procedure) wherever required. The records
showing results/outcome of the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the
requirement of the schedule mentioned above. Regularly these documents & records shall
be reviewed for necessary improvement of the monitoring plan/mitigation
measures/environmental technologies as well as for necessary. Actions of Environmental
Management Cell.
6.5 Budget & Procurement Schedule

On regular basis, Environment Management Cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of
the materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The Cell shall made appropriate
budget for the purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of
environment management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be
made. Along with other budgets, Budget for environmental management shall be prepared
and revised regularly up on requirement. The budget shall include provisions for:
 Environmental Monitoring Program
 Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipments
 Laboratory works for Environmental management activities
 Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services, protective
equipment.
 Greenbelt development
 Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training & Health related
issues.
 Annual Environmental Audit
CHAPTER 7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 Risk Assessment
Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards
(unsafe conditions). On the other hand, risk assessment deals with recognition and
computation of risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to, due
to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the plant.
Risk assessment follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification
and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result
of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability,
credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information
is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk assessment is often confined
to maximum credible accident studies. It provides basis for what should be type and
capacity of its on-site and off- site emergency plan also what types of safety measures
shall be required.
7.1.1 Approach to The Study
Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an

event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:
 Identification of potential hazard area;
 Identification of representative failure cases;
 Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire and explosion;
 Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the
impact zones form the accidental scenarios;
 Furnish the recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident
possibilities
 Preparation of Disaster Management Plan;
 Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational and Health Safety Plan;
7.1.2 Methodology
Quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is a means of making a systematic assessment of

the risks from hazardous activities, and forming a rational evaluation of their
significance, in order to provide input to a decision-making process. The term
„quantitative risk assessment‟ is widely used, but strictly this refers to the purely
numerical assessment of risks without any evaluation of their significance. The study
has been conducted based on the premises of a traditional Quantitative Risk
Assessment.
7.1.3 Hazard Identification
Identification of hazards in the proposed project activity is of primary significance of

the analysis, and quantification. Hazard states the characteristics of
system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident. All the components of a
system/plant/process need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for
initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed
as an accident.
7.1.4 Identification of Hazardous Areas
The procedure for QRA starts with identification of major risk areas in the
Installation & Operations carried out in silica sand beneficiation fall certain board,
general categories. At project site, major risk areas are as follows:
 Bulk storage area for Raw Materials at ambient temperature and
atmospheri pressure.
7.1.5 Identification of Failure Cases for Hazardous Areas
 Release of fugitive dust emissions from the storage area of raw material.
 Continuous release at low rate through small holes or cracks in piping and vessels,
flange leaks, and leakage from pump glands and similar seals.
It is to be noted that for Quantitative Risk Assessment, worst case scenarios has
been considered, though their frequency of occurrence is much lower than the
cases of small leaks.
7.1.6 Major Hazardous Areas and Safety Precautions
There are no hazardous chemicals proposed to be stored in the premises of

company, company will store raw material i.e. silica sand procured from mining site
at the raw material storage area
Table 7.1 Other Hazard Control
NAME OF THE ITS EFFECTS ON

SR. POSSIBLE ITS SOURCES PERSONS, PLACE OF ITS CONTROL MEASURES
NO. HAZARD OR & REASONS PROPERTY & EFFECT PROVIDED
EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENT
Proper Earthing,
ELECTRICITY Periodical Checking of
Loose Contacts, Weak Surrounding
(1) Burning Burning, Shock, joints, proper insulations
1 earthling Short Circuit the accident
(2) Fire Death of Equipments, etc.
Improper Insulation area
(3) Shock Flame proof fitting in
solvent storage area,
bounding and jumpers
HOUSE KEEPING to all solvent barrier lines
In all
(1) Physical Physical / Chemical Proper provided.
Handling, regular
surrounding
(2) Burning Thermal Burn cleaning, Proper
2 Bad House keeping areas i.e.
(3) Fire Injury (Major / placement of material
Storage,
(4) Chemical Minor)
Plants
Exposure
Proper maintenance,
Proper Selection of
PIPE LINE Physical / Chemical Material for pipe lines
Leaking of pipe line due
LEAKAGES Thermal Burn ,Immediate attention,
3 to corrosion, Loose contact Plant area
Spillages etc. Injury (Major / Earthing provided,
etc.
(1) Corrosion Minor) flame proof fitting, NO
SMOKING Boards
Displayed.
Automatic operation
Injury/Death to
Structural Within the Periodic Testing of safety
4 Inside the factory (Corrosion) persons,
Failure factory valves Regular Inspection
damage to property
and Maintenance
Toxic Release Within &

Alarm, Evacuation rescue
5 from Outside the factory Injury/Death outside the
& shelter/ Welfare
outside unit
Injury / Death to Within &

Alarm, Evacuation rescue
6 Natural Calamity Nature persons, damage outside the
& shelter/ Welfare
to property unit
Table 7.2 Properties of Product

NFPA H
Name of LEL UEL SP.GR. TLV/T
F
Chemical CAS No Hazard F.P (°C) BP (°C) % % 20°C VD WA IDLH LC50 LD50 Antidote
R
14808- 0.5
Silica
60-7 T NA 2230 NA NA 2.65 NA 000 mg/m³ NA NA NA --
Sand
7.2 Safety Precautions
7.2.1 Control measures provided for Warehouse
 Water sprinkling stations will be provided to control fugitive dust

emissions during unloading of raw material.
 Necessary personal protective equipments shall be provide to workers to
avoid any adverse effects on health of workers.
 Adequate portable fire extinguishers installed at noticeable position
& kept easily accessible.
 Fire hydrant system provided.
 Proper drainage system is provided for used firewater.
7.3 Hazard Identification
In the storage of raw material & the finished product are not flammable. The major
industrial hazards can be divided into following different categories.
 Fire Hazard.
 Explosion Hazard.
 Toxic Hazard.
 Electrical Hazard
 Mechanical Hazard
Above hazards should be taken into consideration because they are the general
consideration for carrying out risk assessment for any proposed beneficiation/
industrial/ manufacturing activity.
7.3.1 Fire Hazard
The fire may take place because of any one or more of the following reasons,
 Naked Flame
 Hot Surface
 Electric Spark
 Static Electricity
 Rise in Temperature & Pressure beyond permissible limits.
To prevent the fire hazards, following actions have be taken.
 Naked flame, hot surface and other ignition sources are eliminated from the
areas where flammable substances are stored and handled.
 Storage and process area are posted with "No Smoking" sign.
 An earthing terminal for use during transfer operation.
 Flame proof electrical wiring wherever needed shall be installed at plant and
stores building.
 Pump body, drive motor and associated electrical switchgear are earthed
properly.
To control the fire hazards, following provisions made available.
FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM: -
The fire alarm gets activated by automatic detection devices, like Smoke, Heat
and Optical detectors installed at various potential fire prone places at site.
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS & SAND BUCKETS: -
There are many fire extinguishers and sand buckets installed in various buildings in
the premises. No. of extinguishers installed in the plant area based on the location
of hazardous chemical and process carried out. All the fire extinguishers have name
of the manufacture and ISI mark on it. Storage near extinguisher is avoided for easy
approach and the service contract is provided for servicing the fire extinguishers on
monthly basis.
Explosion hazard
The second major hazard after fire in industry is explosion. Explosion hazard is
normally more dangerous than the fire hazard as it causes greater damage and loss
to property. The explosion may take place because of any one or more of the
following reasons,
 With exposure to spark / flame.
 Explosion due to vapor in flammable concentration.
 Due to inherent oxygen.
 Static electricity or open flame.
To prevent the explosion hazards, following actions have been taken.
 Temperature indicator, Alarm system & interlocking system are provided on the
basis of risk analysis on necessary equipment.
To control the explosion hazards, following actions have been taken.
 Rupture Disc & Safety Valve provided as per necessity on equipment.
TOXIC HAZARD: -
Silica sand can find entry into human body through various routes such as
inhalation or skin contact.
To prevent the toxic hazards, following actions have been taken.
Exposure Control Arrangement: All bulk critical materials are handled in closed
system. Solid handling is done through charging hopper having dust extraction hood.
 Efficient exhaust system is provided wherever necessary in the plant
7.4 Details on various SOP’s to be Prepared
The following SOPs will be prepared for the safe & smooth functioning of
operations –
a) SOP - for safety training.

b) SOP - Induction of new employees.
c) SOP - Safe Production operations.
d) SOP - Safe unloading and storage of raw materials.
e) SOP-Safe Loading of Finished Goods.
f) SOP- Inspection of Transport vehicles.
g) SOP-Quality control of Raw Materials and Finished Goods.
h) SOP-Work permits system.
All the above SOPs will have following basic contents –
a) Safe preparedness of system to start.

b) Safe Shut down procedure of system.
c) Safe handling of system.
d) PPE required for handling the system.

e) Trouble shooting of the system.
f) Operational control procedures.
7.5 Disaster Management Plan (DMP)
7.5.1 Objectives of DMP
Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage
operations in the same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the DMP, it
should be widely circulated and personnel training through rehearsals/drills should be
organized. Further, the management should be able to demonstrate that its assessment
of consequences as good supporting evidence. To tackle the consequences of a major
emergency inside the factory or immediate vicinity of the factory, a DMP has to be
formulated and this planned emergency document is called "Disaster Management
Plan". The objective of Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of combined
resources of plant and outside services to achieve the following:
 Effect the rescue and medical treatment of causalities

 Safeguard other people
 Minimize damage to property and the environment
 Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control
 Identify any dead
 Provide for the needs of relatives
 Provide authoritative information to the news media
 Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area
 Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the
cause and circumstances of the emergency. In effect, it is to optimize operational
efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore
normalcy.
7.5.2 On-site Emergency Plan
On-Site emergency preparedness plan has the following objectives:
1. Safeguard lives and property at site and in its vicinity area.

2. Contain the incident and bring it under control;
3. Minimize damage to lives, property and environment;
4. Rescue and treat casualties;
5. To train the people to act efficiently and with confidence in an emergency.
6. Evacuate people to safe areas;
7. To minimize its occurrence.
Name & Address of the person furnishing the Information

Name: Mr. Bhagvanji Movalia
Designation: Director
Key personnel of the organization proposed and responsibility to be assigned to

them in case of an emergency.
1) Site Main Controller

During the onsite emergency situation, the Site Main Controller shall,
 Activate the Emergency Control Centre & personnel

 Relieve the Site Incident Controller of overall responsibility during off shift hours
 Take stock of situation with SIC & direct operations to control the emergency.
 Ensure that all the key persons are called on site. Delegate any extra duty to any
person depending upon the situation and his judgment.
 Verify the head count & arrange for search / rescue
 Instruct for shutting & evacuation if required.
 Seek assistance from external agencies & Mutual aid
 Withdraw the staff in case of the human life is in peril.
 Liaison with statutory authorities
 Arrange to call the experts/ the supplier.
 Give All Clear siren when everything becomes normal.
 Works as liaison officer between outside fire brigade & police advice on
specialized technical aspects of the materials involved and internal details of the
factory.
 Report the event to the nearest district police station, fire brigade, civil defense
force, district emergency officer, factory Inspectorate and other voluntary body to
assist to the task.
2) Site Incident Controller
 Responsibility of Site Main Controller till the arrival of site main controller.
 Brief Site Main Controller on arrival - during off shift hours.
 Be over all in charge of emergency situation and head of firefighting team.
 Arrive immediately to site of emergency and issue instructions for speedy
combat.
 On arrival immediately assess scale of emergency and decide if a major
emergency exists or is likely.
 Report head count to Site Main Controller.
 Activate the security head to report the emergency to Site Main Controller.
 Activate the Onsite action plan depending on the type of emergency.
 Direct all operations and call the external help from emergency control center.
 Search for the injured and / or casualties.
 Direct the shutdown and evacuation of the plant. Identify the areas likely to be
affected by the emergency.
 Provide information to emergency services about the chemicals / incident.
3) EHS Team
In addition to his general duties of maintaining order of administration he shall

discharge following duties:
 Execute all directions and instruction of site main controller regarding

 Calling mutual aid members
 Specialist from the supplying company
 Lead the firefighting & rescue operations
For efficient and successful operation of the plan statutory agencies listed below should
be actively involved for guidance and help: -
 Fire Brigade
 Police Authorities
 Collector / revenue officials
 Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health
 Maharashtra Pollution Control Board
 District Health Authorities
 Non-Government organization
 Local News Media
 Local Leaders
 Supervise the duties of Security Personnel.
 Supervise rescue & medical operations
 If injuries and casualties do occur then he shall obtain names and addresses of
injured and dead.
 Arrange for the medical aid. Talk to the hospital and doctors. Report about the
type of injury / burn injuries and or toxic effects.
 Report to the hospital and make arrangement for likely more cases of injuries.
 In consultation with the site main controller he shall identify the antidote or any
special medical procedure and report the same to hospitals.
4) Production Manager & Team

a. In affected Plant Area
 Inform EHS Manager / Factory Manager / Plant / Dept. Manager or his nominee /
Site Main Controller on the telephone immediately.
 Assume the role of Site Incident Controller till his arrival.
 Direct employees / contractor's workers / visitors at the assembly point.
 Take head count of employees.
 Deploy trained Emergency Response Team & direct.
 Hold personnel at the Assembly point till „All Clear‟ signal is obtained.
 Act as per instructions from Site Incident Controller / Site Main Controller.
 Open plant drain valves to FWRB.
 Provide information to external agency about the chemical involved to control
emergency/ treating injured employees.
b. Non –affected Plant Area
 Ensure that all employees including contractor‟s workers / visitors assemble at

the Assembly Point and take roll call of employees.
 Take Head Count & report to SMC at ECC.
 Switch off all critical operations.
 Be Alert for evacuation & evacuate on instructions from SMC.
 Keep ready - Emergency Response Team members.
 Provide necessary information and support to affected dept./plant to control
emergency.
 Hold personnel at Assembly Point till „All Clear” siren is raised.
5) Security Personnel
In addition to the normal duties of maintaining security at the place of work they shall
discharge following duties:
 On hearing the fire alarm, proceed to the incident immediately.

 Be in charge of Fire Fighting and rescue operations with the assistance of
essential workers and key personnel till the arrival of Fire Brigade and Police
(These operations shall be under the direct supervision of Site Incident
Controller).
 Ask the ambulance to proceed to the scene of the incident in case of serious
injury.
 Remove obstruction from the road to help Fire brigade to proceed to scene of
fire.
 Restrict entry of unauthorized and untrained persons from the scene of incident.
Also don't allow unauthorized persons / vehicles to enter the premises. Control
traffic movement for smooth & normal flow.
 Initiate rescue operation if required.
 Call for fire brigade & ambulance during off hours.
 Depending on seriousness arrange to inform police personnel if instructed by
Factory Manager.
A. General Instructions and Response during the Onsite Emergency Situation

1. Major Fire/ Explosion
 Operate the nearest fire alarm or alert the personnel by raising an audible alarm
or by shouting Fire! Fire!!”
 Inform the Manager Production / Shift Supervisor available who is in charge of
the factory at that time about the:
 Place of Fire / Explosion
 Extent of Firefighting Action taken by him
 The material involved
 No. of persons affected.
Try to extinguish the fire with the help of fire extinguishers, if without risk. If he is
unable to extinguish the fire, he should see that fire does not spread to nearby
area.
2. Collapse of structure/ Serious Injury
 Inform the Manager Production / Supervisor etc.

 Remove the injured person to a safe place. Take help of trained first-aiders.
3. Release of toxic and hazardous material
Inform the Manager Production / Supervisor or person available who is in-charge of

factory at that time about:
 Place of Gas leak

 Extent of leakage
 Action taken by him
 The material involved
 No. of persons affected
Table 7.3: Emergency DO’S & DON’TS

EMERGENCY DO ‘S DON 'TS DO ‘S
ANY ONE NOTICING AN EMERGENCY:
Actuate nearest fire alarm button and /or DO NOT panic and avoid running all
inform the supervisor. Get back to your over the place prevent others from
normal workstation (if safe) or else doing so.
report to the assembly point. DO NOT enter the site unless instructed
if you are outside and emergency alarm
is heard.
CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL :
Stop work on hearing alarm and DO NOT enter the site until it is cleared
assemble at the ASSEMBLY POINT and for the normal work by Incident
be ready to evacuate. Controller.
SECURITY :
Keep the gate manned. DO NOT allow unauthorized visitors to
Keep the road clear for movement of fire enter.
tenders.
Control traffic at gates.
VISITORS :
Leave the place and assemble at DO NOT enter the site if emergency
assembly point. alarm is heard.
ALL OTHER EMPLOYEES ON SITE :
On hearing Emergency alarm DO NOT panic/run
Get back to work place (if safe) for head DO NOT go to the scene of emergency
count and get instructions from unless specifically instructed by Incident
supervisor. Be alert. Controller.
B. Outside Organization Involvement in assisting during the On-site emergency.

The Outside organization that would be involved during the On-site emergency would
be fire, hospital and Police authority. These authorities would be contacted when the
resources provided within the factory will not fulfill the requirement.
C. Information on the preliminary hazard analysis.

A detailed HAZOP Study for process operations & Risk Assessment has been prepared
considering all possible and rare events for PESO, Non PESO Raw Materials, Hydrogen
& Ammonia cylinders in the above section. Based on the study the maximum credible
scenario has been identified for the particular scenario and recommendation to reduce
the effect and its occurrence has been suggested /recommended.
D. Details about Safety related features in Plant

a)) Location of the Dangerous Substances
Raw materials will be stored in demarcated & designated area in the plant premises.
Raw materials should be stored on the basis of chemical compatibility.
b) Emergency Control Room
EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM on site will be focal point in case of an emergency, from
where the operations to handle the emergency will be directed and co-ordinated by
Site Main Controller. The following information and equipment will be provided at the
Emergency Control Centre (ECC):
 Intercom, telephone
 T and P (Tone/pulse) telephone
 Safe contained breathing apparatus
 Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets
 Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indicators
 Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories
 (Internal, P and T) factory layout, site plan
 Emergency lamps/torch lights/batteries
 Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of
safety equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location, vulnerable
zones, and escape routes.
 Hazard chart.
 Emergency shut-down procedures.
 Nominal roll of employees.
 List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Coordinators

 Duties of key personnel.
 Addresses with telephone numbers of key personnel, emergency coordinator,
and essential employees.
 Important addresses and telephone numbers including Government agencies,
neighboring industries and sources of help, outside experts, chemical fact sheets,
population details around the factory.
Details of proposed Safety Systems
The below section will highlight the safety features & measures to adopted by Livia Life
Sciences Pvt. Ltd. for dealing with the onsite emergency situation.
A) Alarm / Siren
10 nos. of hooters will be located in different places within the plant premises. Every
Saturday at 1130 hours by giving an “All Clear” siren will be sounded for testing
purpose. Emergency Alarm annunciator panel will be located at gate office building as
marked on the site plan.
On hearing alarm the incident controller will activate the action on Disaster control plan
by giving proper instructions or predetermined signals, the alarm code to be used by
company is explained below:
Table 7.4 Alarm Code

Sr. No Situation Type of Siren/Alarm
1. Emergency at Site One Minute waxing and wailing siren
2. All Clear One Minute continuous siren
3. Evacuation Three minutes waxing and wailing siren
B) Assembly Points
Numbers of assemblies depending upon the plant location are identified wherein
employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be
assembled for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities
like water etc. would be organized. In view of the size of plant, two assembly points are
identified by the company i.e. one near the entry gate of the company and other one at
the exit gate. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be
used.
C) Mock Drills
Company will organize periodical mock drill / rehearsal every 6 months as per
suggested format by creating an emergency situation so as to verify preparedness and
awareness as well as shortcomings on the part of the person to overcome the same.
Sufficient time will be provided prior to mock drill to the emergency services and public
for proper response to exercise and provide training also. Deficiencies if any of the
system during the trial will be recorded and appropriate actions will be taken to
improve the efficiency of the plan in terms of preparedness and response.
D) Training
By imparting an effective training from time to time, the awareness will be kept alive all
the time to ensure safety awareness, preparedness for emergency situations, good
housekeeping, discipline, etc. Display of safety slogans, operative instructions and
motivation for safety will be made part of the company‟s normal activities. All the
persons earmarked for the emergency services are trained to respond to the
emergency. Company will conduct internal & external trainings for Environment Health
& Safety. Training will be conducted at a documented frequency. External training will
be conducted every six monthly and internal training will be conducted every month.
Training will be imparted to the employees by raising siren in specific pattern.

Employees will be given training of escape routes, taking shelter, protecting from toxic
effects. Employees will be provided with information related to fire hazards and first aid
measures.
E) Emergency Power Supply
Plant facilities would be connected to Generator and will be placed in an auto mode.
Thus, water pumps, plant‟s lighting and emergency control center, administrative
building and other auxiliary services will connect to emergency power supply.
F) Wind Sock
Wind sock will be provided in the company. Workers will be trained in the mock drill
regarding the usage of the wind sock for identifying the directions for taking shelter or
identifying the area of high toxicity in case of emergency.
G) Fire Fighting Facilities
Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency are maintained well in each section in
the plant. This would be developed according to the statutory requirements. However,
fire hydrant line covering major areas has been laid. Fire alarms have been located in
the bulk storage areas. The below details highlights the firefighting facilities at site:
7.5.3 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan
The off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The
proposed plan will be based on the following guidelines.
a) Introduction
Off-site emergency plan follows the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of
an emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site
emergency. Off-site emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public
administration. However, the factory management will provide the public administration
with the technical information relating to the nature, quantum and probable
consequences on the neighboring population. The off-site plan in detail will be based
on those events, which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events, which have
severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents, which have very severe
consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence, should also be considered
during the preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site
emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those
specifically included in the formation of the plan.
The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off-site
plan are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the
off-site plan should either rest with the works management or, with the local authority.
Either way, the plan should identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would take
the overall command of the off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency
control center should be set up with whom the emergency coordinating officer &
emergency planning officer can operate. An early decision will be required in many
cases on the advice to be given to people living "within range" of the accident; in
particular, whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoor. In the latter case, the
decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident.
Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:
 In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank),
only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe
smoke hazard may require this to be reviewed periodically.
 If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it
might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if
insufficient time exists, people should be advised to stay indoors and shield
themselves from the fire For release or potential release of toxic materials, limited
evacuation may be appropriate downwind if there is time. The decision would
depend partly on the type of housing "at risk". Conventional housing of solid
construction with windows closed offers substantial protection from the effects
of a toxic cloud, while shanty house, which can exist close to factories, offers little
or no protection.
Site Controller
Emergency Co-ordinating Emergency Planning Chief

Officer Officer Inspector
Appointed by District Authority Appointed by Local Authority Appointed by State
Gov. Authority
General Fire Heath Police State Pollution

Public Authority Authority Authority Control Board
Figure 7.1: Offsite Emergency

Emergency Plan Plan Process
b) Role of the Chief Inspector
Chief Inspectors are likely to want to satisfy themselves that the organization
responsible for producing the off-site plan has made adequate arrangements for
handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. Chief Inspector may
verify the documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the
onsite & offsite plan the copy of the information furnished to the workers, local
authority, general public & District Emergency Authority is submitted to the Chief
Inspector for review. If the Chief Inspector is not satisfied with the content, he may
direct the occupier to supply further information to the workers, authority, general
public & District Emergency Authority as deemed necessary.
c) Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer
The various emergency services will be coordinated by an emergency coordinating

officer (ECO), who is designated by the District Collector. The ECO will liaise closely with
the Site Controller. Again, depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents
with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed
on to a Emergency Planning Officer of the local authority administrator.
d) Role of the Local Authority
The company will enter into an agreement with the Emergency Planning Officer (EPO) of
the area, within whose jurisdiction the factory is situated for the Emergency officer to
take appropriate steps to inform the general public outside the factory who likely to be
affected by an accident. The information in the prescribed format would be shared with
the EPO by the site controller. The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local
authorities. The emergency planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty
in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area.
The EPO should liaison with the site controller for ensuring that the plan is continually
updated.
e) Role of Fire Authorities
The control of a fire should normally be the responsibility of the senior fire brigade
officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on
arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility
for other events, such as explosions and toxic release. Fire authorities in the region
should be apprised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water and
foam supply points, and fire-fighting equipment. They should be involved in on-site
emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises
involving on-site personnel.
f) Role of Health Authorities
Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and similar other
persons/institutions should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they
should form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be
the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge
and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in
most hospitals. For major toxic releases, the effects vary according to the chemical in
question, and the health authorities should be apprised about the likely toxic releases
from the plant, which will enable them to deal with the aftermath of a toxic release with
treatment appropriate to such casualties. Major off-site incidents are likely to require
medical equipment and facilities in additional to those available locally, and a medical
"mutual aid" scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to
be obtained in the event of an emergency.
g) Role of Police Authority
Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property
and controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling
bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and
informing relatives of dead or injured.
h) Role of Pollution Control Board
On receipt of information officer of the pollution control board shall proceed to the
affected site. Conduct investigation including collection of data. Ensure that the spills
have been contained with no further damage possible to humans and environment.
Further to declare the area fit for re-entry after the decontamination is completed. In
case of an environmental disaster, the pollution control board shall, based on the
contaminant released in to the environment, carry out with the help of the industry and
other agencies, such investigations as may be necessary to establish the degree of
contamination. Arrange for suitable decontamination using resources available in the
area as well as with the board.
CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS
Chapter 8: PROJECT BENEFITS
This chapter includes benefits accruing to the locality, neighbourhood, region and
nation as a whole. The foremost befits are listed as follows;
PARTICULARS
A SOCIO ECONOMY
1 Growth in indirect jobs and business opportunities to the local and surrounding
people such as daily wage labourers, transporters and raw material suppliers due to
the proposed mix used development in the area
2 Demands of community services and commercial development also create
additional employment for the poor strata of society by way of maid/servant,
sweeper, security guard etc. so the project will provide positive impact on the
economic development of the region in terms of employment opportunities
3 Improvement in internal infrastructure facilities in the area
4 Health and educational facility, approach and internal road network, commercials
as well as daily need shops are the major areas to experience positive impact due
to the proposed mixed-use development project.
5 Houses, offices, shops; clubhouse services are the major areas to experience
positive impact due to the proposed mixed used development project.
B TREE PLANTATION AND LANDSCAPING

1 Landscaping shallreduce energy use by reducing heat island effect
2 Pleasingaestheticand visual impact
3 Provide tolerance to air pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO.
4 Trees act as natural noise bariiers
C WATER SAVING AND WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

1 Its ZLD unit
D ENERGY SAVING
1 Use of non-conventional solar energy for internal lighting
2 Various energy saving measures shall ensure Efficient light fitting:
CHAPTER 8: PROJECT BENEFITS
E ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

1 Environmental monitoring being carried out regularly and shall be ensuring the
baseline quality, implementation of mitigation measures and control of
environmental pollution
2 Environmental Management Plan and its judicious implementation with operation
and maintenance of environmental facilities and proper budgetary allocations for
the same will ensure a long-term benefit to the project and surrounding areas.
CHAPTER 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
Chapter 9: ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
The project activity falls under the schedule 2 (b), category „B‟ as per the EIA
Notification, 2006. The environmental cost benefit analysis not made mandatory in the
project specific Terms of References accorded to the company by SEAC. In addition, the
Standard Terms of References published by the MOEF&CC on April 2015 does not
include the environmental cost benefit analysis in the General & Specific TOR.
CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Chapter 10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 Introduction
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the process used to integrate environmental

management with planning for proposals. EIA is an established process for:
 Ensuring that proponents assume primary responsibility for protection of any

environmental values that may be affected by their proposals
 Addressing the environmental management of the life of proposals
 Forming a basis for statutory decisions on whether a proposal meets ecologically
sustainable development principles, and if so, relevant environmental management
and monitoring conditions
Industrial development is an important constituent in our pursuits for economic growth,

employment generation and betterment in the quality of life. On the other hand,
industrial activities, without proper precautionary measures for environmental
protection are known to cause pollution and associated problems. Hence, it is necessary
to comply with the regulatory norms for prevention and control of pollution. Alongside,
it is also imperative to go beyond compliance through adoption of clean technologies
and improvement in management practices. Commitment and voluntary initiatives of
industry responsible care of the environment will help in building a partnership for
pollution control.
The main purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to identify project
specific actions that will be undertaken by the project authority for mitigation of the
specific impacts identified in the proposed project. These actions will be incorporated
into project management system and integrated into the implementation at various
stages of project development. The EMP describes both generic good practice measures
and site specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential
impact associated with the project activity during construction and operational stages.
10.2 Objectives of the EMP
The main objective of Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial
development in an identified particular study area needs to be entangled with judicious
utilization of non-renewable resources and to ensure that the stress / load on the
ecosystem is within its permissible assimilative capacity i.e. its carrying capacity. In
above context assimilative capacity refers to the maximum amount of pollution load
that can be discharged into the environment without affecting the designated use of
various environmental attributes and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal
due to physico-chemical and biological process. An effective EMP ensures that these
environmental requirements and objectives are satisfied during all phases of project.
The long-term objectives of the EMP for all the environmental attributes are as under:
 To comply with all the regulations / applicable laws stipulated by Central & State
Pollution Control Boards.
 To create good working conditions (devoid of air and noise pollution) for the
employees
 To rationalize and streamline environmental activities to add value in efficiency and
effectiveness
 To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual
employees and contractors
 To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement
 Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management
expenditure
 To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of
achieving environment standards and to improve methods of environment
management
 Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and
better environment
 To contribute significantly for sustainable development
 To prepare a schedule for monitoring and compliance
 To establish a watchdog committee voluntarily with an ultimate aim to get ISO 14000
certification
10.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
To draw a rigid EMP is especially important for us because India has to support 16.1% of
the world‟s population only on 2.3% of the global area with 0.4% only of energy reserve.
In this respect, efforts are oriented towards:
Table 10.1: Summary of Anticipated Impacts and its Mitigation Measures

Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
Construction Phase
1. Air Quality Dust during The estimated Proper loading
handling of generation would be and unloading
cement/concrete/ around 3.84 of the materials
stone aggregates & tons/month of the to ensure
other construction activity. minimum dust.
materials. Exposure of Managing &
construction workers covering the
to such dusts may stockpiles.
lead to short term Regular
respiratory problems, sprinkling of
whereas, prolonged water on the
& continuous working site,
exposure may lead to Installing wind
malfunctioning of barriers around
lungs. working site &
The anticipated all around the
construction period plot boundary
will be 8 months after for containing
grant of all the dust.
Environmental
Clearance, Consent
To Establish & all
other Statutory
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
Permissions.
2. Noise Levels Noise generated It is anticipated that PPEs viz. Ear

from construction the cumulative noise Plugs/Muffs will
machineries like levels by all be provided to
Poclain, Lift Crane, construction workers,
Jack Hammer Drill, machineries, Construction
Digger, Compactor, equipments & activities will be
Roller etc. & by use activities at limited from
of construction propagating at plant 9.00 AM to 5.00
equipments like boundary will be in PM, Installation
Jack Hammer, the range of 40.03 of noise barriers
Cutter, Drill dBA to 45.04 dBA & around project
Concrete vibrator propagating intensity plot will further
etc. and by arrival & of noise at distance of minimize the
depart of transport 100 m from plot will intensity of
vehicles. be 34.19 dBA, thus propagating
significant impacts noise.
outside plant
premises are not
anticipated.
3. Water Quality Surface runoff If such runoff water & Provision of
generated Water sanitation waste mobile
used for water finds way to sanitation
construction surrounding soils & facilities for
activities mainly for water body, may lead construction
concrete mixing, to contamination of workers should
sprinkling etc. surrounding soils & be made & the
Sanitation waste increased turbidity & same should be
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
water by contamination in periodically
construction water body. cleaned by night
workers. soil tankers
Proper
channelization
of surface runoff
water to existing
city/local
administration
drainage system
to be ensured
4. Construction & Proposed project Haphazard handling Excavated/ dug
Demolition being a green field of such wastes may soil/earth will be
Wastes project demolition lead to advent of stored
Management waste will not occur Rodents, Reptiles appropriately in
however inert within project plot, dedicated space
construction wastes thereby causing within project
such as: dangers to workers plot & will be
Cardboards, working on site. used for green
Wooden Boxes, belt
Wooden planks, Disposal of such development
Metal rods, HDPE wastes on land will activity along
bags, Felled lead to degradation with mix of new
Concrete, Stones, of soils. soil.
Aggregates &
debris will are Inert
anticipated to be construction
generated. wastes viz.
Cardboards,
Excavated/Dug Wooden Boxes,
soil/earth will be Wooden planks,
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
generated during Metal rods,
site preparation HDPE bags will
activities. be stored in
dedicated space
& sold to
recyclers.
Felled Concrete,
Stones,
Aggregates &
debris will be
used as filling
material for
internal roads in
consonance
with
Construction &
Demolition
Wastes
Management
Rules 2016.
Operational Phase
1. Air Quality Fugitive emissions The anticipated 1. Contineous
from material maximum dust
transport vehicles, concentration of suppression
from storage of raw particulate matters system will be
materials and from operational implemented to
products acivity will be avoid particulate
& DG set operation 2.8µg/m3, which are emission
likely to be carried in
downwind direction. 2. D.G will be
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
Anticipated health provided with a
effects: People in stack of 6.4 m
downwind localities if above roof as
prone to continuous per CPCB
& prolonged guidelines for
emissions may be proper
susceptible to dispersion of
adverse health emissions.
impacts related to
respiratory & 3. The roads
pulmonary due to within the
particulate matter. premises will be
paved to avoid
Environmental effects: the dust
generation from
The air emissions in vehicular
long course of time activity.
may affect the
immediate 4. It will be
surrounding ensured that all
vegetation stature the
physically (leaf transportation
senescence, vehicles have a
hampered growth valid PUC
etc.) & biologically (Pollution under
thus may affect the Control)
overall surrounding Certificate.
ecology.
5. Regular
sweeping of all
the roads &
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
floors will be
done to avoid
fugitive dust.
6. The proposed
thick green belt
of 10 m width
along the plant
periphery will
help to capture
the fugitive
emissions.
7. Industry to
ensure that at
no point of time
the air emission
concentrations
exceed the
prescribed
CPCB/Consente
d standards.
2. Noise Quality Operation of It is anticipated that 1. Acoustic
machineries, DG set the cumulative noise enclosures will
& material transport levels by all be provided to
vehicles. machineries, high noise
equipments & generating
operation activities at equipments for
propagating at plant attenuation of
boundary will be in noise level
the range of 24.71 during
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
dBA to 29.66 dBA. operation.
Impacts of exposure 2. PPE‟s viz. Ear

to continuous & muffs/plugs will
prolonged noise be provided to
would be workers working
Temporary/Permanen near noise
t hearing loss, generating
Mental disturbances equipments.
Increase in heart rate
Reduced workers 3. The proposed
performance due to thick green belt
psychiatric disorder along the plant
and Tinnitus in case periphery will
of high level of noise help to further
exposure on regular minimise the
basis. intensity of
propagating
The intensity of noise out of
propagating noise at plant premises.
a distance of 100 m
from plot boundary
will be 18.14 dBA,
thus significant
impacts outside plant
premises are not
anticipated.
3. Water Quality The anticipated Since there will
3. Domestic treated effluent not be any
wastewater. characteristics area: generation of
pH - 7.5 to 8.0, TSS < waste water
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
100 mg/lit., BOD < from process
100 mg/lit., COD < itself. Septic
250 mg/lit., TDS < tank followed by
2100 mg/lit. and Oil soakpits will be
& Grease < 10 mg/lit. provided to
achive ZLD
Accidental/Deliberate condition.
release of treated/un-
treated effluents in
surface water bodies
may lead to
contamination/
subjected water
bodies and in of case
land may lead to
complete
degradation of
subjected land
affecting, also may
contaminate the
ground water by way
of percolation.

Surface water &
ground water sources
cannot be used for
any purpose &
depending terrestrial
& aquatic ecology
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
will be completely
affected.
4. Solid Waste Hazardous waste Unscientific handling Recyclable
Management - generated from DG & disposal may lead Spent oil as
Hazardous maintenance to contamination of hazardous
Waste operations. surrounding soils, wastes will be
water sources & there sold to
by affecting the Authorized
ecology & health of vendors.
the workers coming
in direct contact with
the hazardous waste
like skin
allergies/rashes/burns
etc.
5 Solid Waste 1. Scrap Metal Hap-hazard handling 1. Designated
Management 2. Scrap Plastic & storage may lead area for Scrap
(Non Hazardous 3. Office Waste to inadequate open materials (Metal,
Inert Waste) space in plant Plastic, Wooden
premises & it may Pallets, Office
lead to rodent Waste) storage
breeding thereby will be provided
affecting the in the plant.
occupational health &
2. Scrap
environment.
materials will be
recycled
through scrap
vendors.
3. Daily
housekeeping
Proposed
Sr. Environmental
No Parameters
Measures
waste and
canteen waste
will be disposed
through vermin
composting
facility (off-site).
10.4 Greenbelt Development Plan
Development of a greenbelt helps to mitigate to a certain extent the potential negative

impact on the environment due to dust, air emissions, fugitive emission and noise.
10.4.1 Design & Development of Green Belt
Design: Thick green belt will be developed along the boundary of the project plot as
per the Standard TOR prescribed by MoEF&CC & Additional ToR by SEIAA.
Area allocation for green belt: As per the project specific ToR granted by SEIAA (State
Environment Impact Assessment Authortiy), Gujarat vide No. SE|AA/GUJ/TOR/2(b)
690/2021 dated. 28th May 2021 & in general accordance of MoEF&CC guidelines green
belt will be developed in 33% area of the total effective project plot area viz. 6,387.40
sq. m. + Buffer zone of 3,942.23 sq.m. = 10,329.63 sq.m.
Area consideration for growth of individual tree: The area estimation for individual
largesize growth achieving tree is 1500 trees/Ha viz. 1500 trees/ 10,000 sq. m. i.e,,
1,549.44 (1,550)trees as per MoEF&CC guidelines (1, 500 tress per Hectare area).
Selection of plant species: The plants to be planted are suggested

considering the floral scenario as observed in the study area
during the baseline assessment study (preferably native fast growing,
non fruiting plants having large leaf area, dust & pollution resistant).
Figure 10.1: Green Belt Development Plan
Surveys were conducted along with the project proponent to identify sites for proposed
green belt within the project plot & the areas thus demarcated for the proposed green
belt were plotted on the Autocad system, the layout plan thus generated is depicted
below.
Details of Proposed Greenbelt
The alignment of individual green patches/areas and number of trees to be planted in

such respective patches/areas will be as given in the following Table 10.2
Table 10.2: Details of proposed Greenbelt

Sr. Green
Area in sq. m. Location of green belt No. of plants
No. Belt Site
Buffer Zone of project
1 GB-1 3942.23
site/boundary 1,550
2 GB-2 6,387.40 Project Boudary
Total 10,329.63 1,550
Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed green belt
development
The proposed green belt in area of 10,329.63 Sq. m will be developed in single phase
during June 2022 described below.
Table 10.3: Estimated Budgetary Expenditure for Plantation

Estimate for block plantation: GB 1 to GB 2
Total area: 10,329.63
No, of plants: 1550
Total area: 10,329.63 sq. m
Estimated Expenditure
No. of plants to be planted: 15507
Sr. Rate ( Rs.) per Amount
Particulars of work Magnitude
No. unit (Rs.)
1 Alignment & Digging of pits 1550 250 3,87,500
Purchase of plants (Large growing
2 1550 175 2,71,250
trees)
Transportation cost (transportation of
3 plants to project site including loading 32,000 32,000
& unloading) & planting in pits
4 Purchase of soil & manure 1,00,000 1,00,000
Bordering/Fencing development for
5 1,50,000 1,50,000
green belt
9,40,750
Total
(9,41,000)
Table 10.4: Capital & Recurring Cost for Green Belt

Estimated expenditure for green belt
Sr.
Particular of work Capital Recurring/Annum
No.
1 Development of green belt (as detailed above) 9,41,000/- -
3 Caretaker 1 No. for 12 month @ - 1, 80,000/-
1x15,000/month
4 Miscellaneous expenditures (soil/ manure - 60,000/-
replenishment, replacement of any dead plant
etc.)
Total 2,40,000/-
9,41,000/
-
Suggested Plant Species for Green Belt
The plantation within the green belt should be heterogeneous in composition following
native plants in a mixed composition are suggested for green belt.
Table 10.5: List of Plants Suggested For Green Belt

Sr. Botanical name Family No. of Plants
No.
1 Cassia fistula Ceasalpiniaceae 86
2 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae 86
3 Asltonia shcolaris Apocynaceae 86
4 Macaranga peltata Euphorbiaceae 86
5 Schleichera oleosa Sapindaceae 86
6 Microcos paniculata Tiliaceae 86
7 Terminalia elliptica Combretaceae 86
8 Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae 86
9 Terminalia bellirica Combretaceae 86
10 Cordia dichotoma Boraginacea 86
11 Holoptelea integrifolia Ulmaceae 86
12 Butea monosperma Fabaceae 86
13 Oroxylum indiccum Bignoniaceae 86
14 Erythrina sunberosa Fabaceae 86
15 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae 88
16 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae 86
17 Neolamarckia cadamba Rubiaceae 86
18 Lagerstroemia speciosa Lythraceae 86
10.5 Rainwater Harvesting System
The setup of proposed mineral beneficiation plant will not have any major civil
structures on plot, thus rainwater harvesting is not feasible.
Storm Water Management
In developed areas like Industrial estates or company premises, impervious surface such
as pavements in factory premises prevents precipitation from naturally soaking to the
ground, instead of that water runs into storm drains. Managing the quantity and quality
of storm water is termed, "Storm water Management."
Rational method is be used to quantify the amount of storm water run-off per hour in
the plant premises.
Rational Method
Q = 10 CiA
Q= Runoff in m3/hr
C = Coefficient of runoff
i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr
Plot specific details:
Coefficient of runoff = 0.1 (Lawn Sandy Soil)
Intensity of rainfall = 100 mm/hr. (To consider worst case scenario 100 mm/hr is
considered)
A = Area of drainage in hectares.

Q = 10 x 0.1 x 24 x 1.935
Q = 46.44 m3/hr.
Conclusion: The maximum surface runoff water that can be generated form proposed
project plot during rainy season is calculated to be around 46.44 m3/hr. Hence for
proper surface runoff management, internal storm water drains of adequate capacity
will be developed within plant
10.6 Budgetary Allocation for Environment Protection
A capital investment towards the environmental protection, control & mitigation

measures is about Rs. 0.451 Crore for the proposed plant.
The unit will keep provision for adequate funds aside to meet with regular expenses for
the environmental control measures. Capital & Recurring cost for environmental
management for the proposed project during operational phase is given in Table 10.8.
Table 10.8: EMP Budget

Cap. Cost Rec. Cost
SN Component Particulars (INR, in (INR, in
lakhs) lakhs/year)
Pavement of Internal Roads, Provision of
water sprinklers to avoid dust emission from
1 Air 25.0 2.5
Site, Material handling & Construction of site
barricades of 3 meter height
Septic tank followed by soakpit for domestic
2 Water 2.0 0.20
sewage
PPEs for workers, enclosures to all noise
3 Noise 5.0 1.0
generating equipment's
Quarterly Environment Monitoring (Per year)
Environment Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx,
4 Monitoring & Monitoring CO - 2.0
Management Work Place Noise
Noise
Monitoring
Glares, Breathing Masks, Gloves, Boots,
Occupational Helmets, Ear Plugs etc. & annual health-
5 2.0 1.0
Health medical checkup of workers, Occupational
Health (training, OHC center)
Green belt development activity 9.10 --
6 Green Belt Estimated annual expenditure for
-- 2.40
maintenance of green belt
Solid Waste
7 Silt trap will be constructed 2 5
Management
Environment
Provision of Environment Monitoring &
8 Management -- 12.0
Management Department
Cell
Total Cost (INR , Lakhs) 45.1 26.1
10.7 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)
Estimated cost of proposed project is 9.04 Crore & CER activities will be implemented to
address the concerns raised during the Public Consultation (Public Hearing) process as
per MoEF&CC Office Memorandum vide F. No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 30th September,
2020. The Public Consultation is to be conducted for the proposed project, hence CER
plan will be formulated post Public Consultation process.
CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
11.1 Overall Justification for Implementation of Project
The proposed project of PCPL will pose benefits to both social environment and
economy of the country. To ensure sustainability of environmental components,
Company will take upmost precautions by adopting finest mitigation measures
/technology.
Company proposed to provide employment to 56 numbers of regional/local

populates. Apart from this implementation of need based CER activities by
company will also improve the socio economic status of regional environment.
Use of Solar street lights for illumination of internal roads & open spaces within
project plot will reduce requirement of energy that will help to conserve natural
resources, indirectly.
11.2 Explanation of How, Adverse Effects Have Been Mitigated
Through implementation of mitigation measures, suggested in this EIA report;

company will be able to maintain the sustainability of environment. The
summaries for how adverse effects will be mitigated, during operational phase
are mentioned below in Table 11.1.
Table 11.1: Summary on Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Environmental Summary on Impacts and Mitigation Measures
Component
Air Environment Company proposed to provide dust suppression system,
while maintaining adequate compound wall height of 3
meters.
Stack of adequate height will be provided to DG set
Water Environment There is no effluent generation from project activity
except domestic waste, to be treated in septic tank
followed by soakpit.It will be Zero Liquid Discharge plant.
Therefore there will not be any adverse impact on aquatic
environment.
Noise Environment Dispersion of Noise will be controlled by providing
acoustic enclosures to all noise generating equipment‟s.
Greenbelt will be developed to control noise propagation
outside the factory premises.
Environmental Summary on Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Component
The health impact of noise will be mitigated by providing
PPEs and adopting method of job rotation.
Soil Environment The adverse effects on soil will be mitigated by providing
ZLD system, paved HW storage area. The disposal of
waste will be done as per HW management rule.
Biotic Environment The project is located outside notified area surrounded by
/agricultural and residential area. However upmost
precaution will be taken to avoid release of any toxic
pollutant into the environment.
Social Environment The adverse impacts of company operation on social
environment will be mitigated by adopting all above
stated measures. Apart from this, company will be
committed towards development of Social environment
by conducting CER activities and providing jobs to the
locals.
11.3 Conclusion
There is no effluent generation from project activity except domestic waste, to be

treated in septic tank followed by soakpit. There will not be significant impacts of
the unit on other environmental aspects such as meteorology, topography and
geology, mineral resources, archaeology, cultural, religious and land use. On the
contrary, the project will have positive impacts through contribution to
improvement in socio economic environment.
The conclusion emerging out of the EIA study suggests that the unit (post
establishment) shall adequately take the control measures and high standard of
mitigation efforts. It is therefore requested that necessary environmental
clearance may be considered for the proposed project of PCPL with appropriate
stipulations.
AADHI BOOMI MINING AND ENVIRO TECH (P) LTD, a QCI/NABET Accredited EIA
Consultant Organization having it‟s Registered Office at Salem and Branch at Porur,
Chennai were promoted by a team of professional Geologists\ Mining\ Environment\
Civil\ Mechanical\ Chemical Engineers\Scientists. The company has vast experience in
various disciplines including Exploration and mining of minerals and was incorporated
in 2002 in the name of Suriya Mining Services providing expert advice and solutions for
clients‟ requirement in the field of Mineral prospecting, Exploration, Mining, Geo-
technical, Techno economical Feasibility reports\evaluation, Mineral Engineering,
Environment Impact Assessment (EIA), Environment Management Plan (EMP),
Environment Monitoring and related liaison jobs like Environment Clearance, Wild life
and Forest clearance from DEIAA/SEIAA/NBWL/CRZ, MoEF& CC etc of all accredited
sectors.
12.1. SCOPE
 EIA & EMP for all accredited sectors and Monitoring as per SPCB/CPCB/MoEF&
CC
 Environment/ Wild life/ CRZ/ Forest Clearance
 Social Impact Analysis (SIA) and Eco-Biodiversity studies for Mine Closure Plan
 Remote Sensing & GIS including Satellite data processing, ASTER, DEM etc for
application in Forest, Agriculture, Disaster, Mineral Exploration, Environment
Modelling, Town planning etc
 Geological Surveying, Mapping, Exploration and Project Management
 Geophysical, Geochemical & Geotechnical studies to locate concealed deposit/
formation including structural studies
 Noise and Vibration studies as per DGMS\MoEF& CC to design controlled
blasting where inhabitations are located within 300m
 Mine Design and costing, selection of Machineries and Project Evaluation
 Statutory Mine Plans & Sections, Mining Plan and other mandatory projects
 Design and development of Mineral Beneficiation Plant including mineral
separation studies
12.2. INFRASTRUCTURE
 Our Human resources are well expertise in all functional areas as per Ver. 3 of
NABET\QCI. Our Hi Tech ISO certified Office and Lab are accredited by NABL and
MoEFCC.
 And have latest field Investigation devices like Respirable and Fine Dust Samplers,
Digital Seismograph, DDR3 Resistivity Meter, Echo sounder, DGPS, Total Station,
Water level monitoring meters, GPS 62S, Sound Level Meter etc…
12.3. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT FOR EIA STUDY
M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd, appointed AADHI BOOMI MINING AND ENVIRO
TECH PRIVATE LTD, having its office at 3/216, K.S.V Nagar, Narasothipatti, Alagapuram,
Salem – 636 004, Tamil Nadu, for preparation of Draft EIA/EMP report for obtaining
Environment Clearance from SEIAA/SEAC, Gujarat.
AADHI BOOMI MINING AND ENVIRO TECH PRIVATE LTD has MOU with EKDANT
ENVIRO SERVICES (P) LTD laboratory at Chennai and has own Laboratory named ABM
ENVIRONMENTAL AND ANALYTICAL LABORATORY, accredited by NABL for
sampling and testing of air, water, noise and soil samples. Ekdant Enviro Services are
recognized by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India under the
relevant provision of Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and Accredited by NABL and
NABET, Quality Council of India, New Delhi.
S. No. Study Consultants/LAB

1 Generation of Base Line Data 1. Ekdant Enviro Services (P) Ltd, Chennai
2. ABM Environmental and Analytical
Laboratory, Salem.
3. M/S Noida Testing Laboratories
3 Remote Sensing and Land Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech P Ltd,
use/Land cover Studies Salem
4 Preparation of EIA and EMP Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech P Ltd,
Report Salem
12.4. DECLARATION OF EXPERTS INVOLVED IN THE EIA REPORT PREPARATION
Names of the EIA coordinator, Functional Area Experts and other Team Members
engaged and nature of consultancy rendered is provided below. The multidisciplinary
team comprises of Environmental Engineers, Geologists and Geographers who involved
in preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report and Environment
Management Plan for various functions like Air quality, Water quality, Noise levels, Soil
Conservation, Hydro geology, Ecology and bio-diversity, Land use and Socio–
Economics.
Table 12.1: Declaration of Experts
S.No Name of the Expert Category Functional Areas Signature
A EIA Co-ordinator
Solid and Hazardous Waste SHW*-
A HW* only
1. Mr.S.Suriyakumar Risk Assessment and Hazard

A Management (RH)
A Land Use (LU)
A Soil Conservation (SC)
Dr. Sudharshan A Land Use (LU)

2.
Ramakrishnan
A Socio Economics (SE)
Air Pollution, Monitoring,

B Prevention and Control (AP)
3. Dr. Nithia Priya P.M
B Prevention and Control (WP)
Meteorology, Air Quality

Mr. M. Venkatesh B Modelling & Prediction (AQ)
4.
Prabhu
B Noise and Vibration (NV)
B Geology (GEO)
5. Mr. N. Suresh
B Hydrogeology (HG)
Geology (GEO)
6. Mr. K. Manuraj
B Hydrogeology (HG)
Team Member Involved in Report Preparation
Land Use (LU) under EIA Co-

Team ordinator/FAE - Mr.S.Suriyakumar
7. Mrs. S. Santhi
Member Socio Economics (SE) under FAE -
Dr. Sudharshan Ramakrishnan

Prevention and Control (WP)
Team under FAE - Dr. Nithia Priya P.M
8. Mrs. S. Sri Vidhya Member Meteorology, Air Quality
Modelling & Prediction (AQ)
under FAE - Mr. M. Venkatesh
Prabhu
Annexure I Terms of reference
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
Annexure II Project Plot Documents
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
Annexure III Undertaking to Maintain Minimum Distance of 500
m from Nearest Habitation
MAHARASHTRA a 2020 0 Y E 43889 4

--ary.
ffi
,ldy
o
l:t"i'':'r
ffi f.r fufrm ftqtnl
---Gi-
-r'- -- -
Y^ 2 " t4a4 J
$w
UNDERTAIKING
rI
The Member Secretary,
slAC/sErAA.
Environment Department
Government of Gujarat.
ojl ,r, Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd, hereby undersigned that; as suggested
by SEAC- Gujarat, we assure to
maintain minimum distance of 500 meters from nearest habitation from our project site. Accordingly, the plot
urh nur been reduced from23,298.00 Sq.m. to 19,355.77 Sq.m.
W$ hereby undertake that we shall not develop any industrialactivity as part of this project or any future
expansion project, on the above said deducted area. ME
F&,
)&4(
$
Adv. s u N l+il haryl-e1{r-iu
- -M.com-M.A.,LL.M..G-D.C'&A
M$ Prec AOVOCATE HIGH COURT
MemberehiP No. MAit/-2!l9Q/2OO0
horaRv (GovT. oF INDIA)
ShoP No. 26, Prebhat (lentre'
H C.B.D. Bela'put. Sector 1$.. Navi Mumoai'400614'
MOB.: 98676S8'7 88
--,!_!_._ (sn s/wHl\TsAt].P (it{LY)
283
I
B
I rEP 202,

Draft EIA Report Silica Sand Beneficiation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Draft EIA Report Silica Sand Beneficiation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

OF PROPOSED SILICA SAND BENEFICIATION PLANT

PROPONENT AREA DETAILS

AADHI BOOMI MINING & ENVIRO TECH (P) LTD

Sub: Submission of Draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report as

M/s Precise Conchem Pvt. Ltd. (PCPL)

S.NO PARTICULARS REFERENCE

3 Disclosure of Experts iii

5 List of Tables xii

6 List of Figures xvi

7 List of Annexure xviii

9 ToR Compliance xxi

Consultant: Aadhi Boomi Mining & Enviro Tech (P) Ltd.,

Signature and seal of the Project Proponent

S.No Name of the Expert Category Functional Areas Signature

1. Mr.S.Suriyakumar Risk Assessment and Hazard

A Land Use (LU)

A Soil Conservation (SC)

Dr. Sudharshan A Land Use (LU)

Air Pollution, Monitoring,

Meteorology, Air Quality

5. Mr. N. Suresh B Geology (GEO)

Team Member Involved in Report Preparation

Team Land Use (LU) under EIA Co-

Water Pollution Monitoring,

1.1 Purpose of the Report 01

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent 01

1.2.2 Identification of Project 02

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 06-29

2.1 Type of Project 06

2.2 Need for the Project 06

2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation 18

2.7.4 Cost of the Project 26

3.4.3 Pre-field Interpretation of Satellite Data 33

3.8.3.1 Interpretation & Conclusion 53

3.13.5 Study Area Fauna 103

4.1.1.2.1 Quantitative Impacts Prediction for

4.1.6.2 Impacts during Operational Phase 166

5.2 Salient Features of Project Site and Technology 195

7.5.3 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan 222

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 229

12.4 Declaration of Experts Involved In The EIA Report Preparation 252

3.14 Surface Water Analysis Results 67

7.3 Emergency DO’S & DON’TS 218

FIGURE TITLE PAGE

3.13 Surface water Sampling Locations 64

ANNEXURE TITLE PAGE

III Undertaking to Maintain Minimum Distance of 500 m from 283

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

Compliance of Standard ToR issued by MoEF&CC

Raw materials coming to project site will

The land use of project plot will change from

Deatiled LULC assessment study is given in

vehicles for transportation of g PM10 SO2 NOX CO

The air quality contours with locations of

49 Benefits of the Project, if the project The Project benefits in terms of

Compliance of Additional ToR issued by SEIAA, Gujarat State

Morning 480.6 18.5 18.5

Evening 495.6 18.5 18.5

Morning 677.8 18.5 18.5

24 Details of approach roads/s to the The State Highway plying at distance of

provided. The air quality contours location PM10 SO2 NOX CO

The air quality contours with locatons of

28 Specific details of (i) Process gas The proposed project of mineral